The true knowledge of a mans owne selfe. Written in French by Monsieur du Plessis, Lord of Plessie Marly. *And truly translated into English by A.M..
         Mornay, Philippe de, seigneur du Plessis-Marly, 1549-1623.
      
       
         
           1602
        
      
       Approx. 169 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 130 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2008-09 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A07786
         STC 18163
         ESTC S103514
         54532267
         ocm 54532267
         3672
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A07786)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 3672)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 716:14, 2125:14c)
      
       
         
           
             The true knowledge of a mans owne selfe. Written in French by Monsieur du Plessis, Lord of Plessie Marly. *And truly translated into English by A.M..
             Mornay, Philippe de, seigneur du Plessis-Marly, 1549-1623.
             Xenophon. Memorabilia.
             Munday, Anthony, 1553-1633.
          
           [22], 215, [23] p.
           
             Printed by I.R. for William Leake, at the signe of the Greyhound in Paules Churchyard.,
             London :
             1602..
          
           
             A.M. = Anthony Munday.
             Signatures: A-L¹² (first and last leaves blank).
             Printers' device on title page (McK. 341).
             Includes "A dialogue of the providence of God, written in Xenophon, his firste booke of the deeds and sayings of Socrates" [i.e. the Memorabilia].
             Bound and filmed following 6832.65.
             Imperfect: tightly bound; copy at 2125:14c lacks A-B₇, and B₁₁; copy at 716:14 lacks L₁.
             Reproductions of originals in: Folger Shakespeare Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Soul -- Early works to 1800.
           Man (Theology) -- Early works to 1800.
           Human physiology -- Religious aspects -- Early works to 1800.
           Spiritual life -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2005-12 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2006-04 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2007-04 Ali Jakobson
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2007-04 Ali Jakobson
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           True
           knowledge
           of
           a
           mans
           owne
           selfe
           .
        
         
           Written
           in
           French
           by
           
             Monsieur
             du
             Plessis
          
           ,
           Lord
           of
           
             Plessie
             Marly
          
           .
        
         
           ❀
           And
           truly
           translated
           into
           English
           by
           
             A.
             M.
          
           
        
         
         
           AT
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           I.
           R.
           for
           William
           Leake
           ,
           at
           the
           signe
           of
           the
           Grey-hound
           in
           Paules
           Churchyard
           .
           1602.
           
        
      
       
         
         
           
             
               Aduenturez
               et
               marchez
               auant
               .
            
             coat of arms or blazon
          
        
      
       
         
         
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           VVorshipfull
           ,
           Maister
           
             Iohn
             Swynnerton
          
           ,
           Esquire
           :
           And
           to
           the
           most
           vertuous
           Gentlewoman
           his
           Wife
           :
           All
           happines
           to
           them
           &
           theyrs
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           life
           to
           come
           hartilie
           wished
           .
        
         
           THis
           excellent
           Treatise
           ,
           (
           right
           Worshipfull
           )
           beeing
           written
           in
           the
           French
           tongue
           ,
           by
           that
           honorable
           and
           learned
           Gentleman
           ,
           
             Monsieur
             du
             Plessis
          
           ,
           appeareth
           by
           his
           owne
           words
           ,
           to
           be
           doone
           for
           the
           reformation
           of
           a
           mightie
           Atheist
           ,
           who
           stood
           stifly
           against
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           &
           verie
           deepe
           disgrace
           of
           Religion
           by
           him
           dailie
           committed
           .
           In
           regard
           whereof
           ,
           albeit
           hee
           had
           commended
           to
           him
           his
           learned
           labour
           
           of
           the
           truth
           of
           Christian
           religion
           ,
           (
           able
           enough
           to
           stop
           the
           impious
           mouth
           of
           any
           blasphemer
           whatsoeuer
           :
           )
           yet
           he
           was
           the
           rather
           induced
           this
           way
           to
           deale
           with
           him
           ,
           because
           by
           laying
           open
           the
           knowledge
           of
           a
           mans
           owne
           selfe
           ,
           and
           the
           seuerall
           admirable
           testimonies
           hee
           carrieth
           about
           with
           him
           ,
           Gods
           omnipotent
           glory
           might
           the
           more
           plainly
           be
           approoued
           ,
           the
           immortalitie
           of
           the
           soule
           no
           way
           be
           able
           to
           be
           denied
           ,
           nor
           the
           truth
           of
           Gods
           religion
           &
           his
           prouidence
           be
           at
           any
           time
           doubted
           of
           .
        
         
           If
           wee
           looke
           vpon
           any
           curious
           picture
           drawne
           to
           the
           life
           :
           wee
           immediatly
           conceiue
           ,
           that
           the
           same
           was
           the
           work
           of
           some
           rare
           and
           artificiall
           Painter
           .
           If
           wee
           gaze
           vpon
           the
           goodly
           Monuments
           and
           stately
           erected
           Pallaces
           ,
           full
           of
           arte
           ,
           industry
           ,
           &
           many
           exquisite
           perfections
           :
           wee
           presently
           apprehend
           ,
           that
           some
           ingenious
           Maister
           was
           the
           contriuer
           thereof
           ,
           and
           that
           it
           proceeded
           from
           a
           skilfull
           workman
           .
           If
           discretion
           ,
           in
           censuring
           of
           these
           and
           such
           like
           things
           ,
           dooth
           so
           sway
           our
           oppinions
           :
           what
           
           can
           wee
           then
           say
           ,
           when
           beholding
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           attayning
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           wonderful
           thinges
           therein
           contained
           ,
           but
           that
           perforce
           wee
           must
           confesse
           and
           acknowledge
           ,
           an
           higher
           cause
           and
           especiall
           Creator
           of
           them
           all
           ?
        
         
           Let
           vs
           come
           then
           to
           Microcosmus
           ,
           to
           the
           little
           world
           man
           ,
           and
           enter
           awhile
           but
           into
           this
           kinde
           of
           consideration
           .
           Wee
           cannot
           be
           so
           absurd
           and
           blockish
           ,
           but
           that
           we
           will
           graunt
           he
           had
           a
           beginning
           ,
           a
           cause
           from
           whence
           he
           came
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           not
           possible
           for
           him
           to
           make
           himselfe
           ,
           but
           must
           needes
           come
           into
           the
           world
           by
           the
           help
           &
           meanes
           of
           some
           other
           .
        
         
           This
           very
           consideration
           ,
           guides
           vs
           to
           acknowledge
           a
           Father
           and
           Mother
           ,
           frō
           whose
           loynes
           we
           proceeded
           ,
           &
           that
           from
           them
           wee
           had
           the
           benefit
           of
           life
           .
           Arising
           thence
           by
           further
           gradations
           ,
           wee
           attaine
           to
           intelligence
           of
           our
           predicessors
           ,
           &
           iudge
           by
           them
           as
           of
           our selues
           :
           that
           they
           had
           an
           originall
           as
           we
           had
           ,
           and
           were
           not
           the
           first
           men
           in
           the
           worlde
           ,
           but
           ascending
           vp
           still
           
           from
           Father
           to
           Father
           ,
           wee
           shall
           finde
           in
           the
           end
           one
           Father
           of
           vs
           all
           ,
           &
           that
           from
           him
           we
           had
           our
           first
           beginning
           .
        
         
           Concerning
           that
           first
           Father
           of
           vs
           all
           ,
           hee
           must
           also
           descend
           of
           one
           ,
           or
           el●e
           bee
           eternall
           ,
           or
           come
           of
           some
           matter
           like
           to
           God
           ,
           or
           at
           the
           least
           be
           GOD
           himselfe
           .
           Which
           because
           he
           could
           not
           be
           ,
           hee
           must
           needes
           haue
           some
           beginning
           ,
           &
           be
           borne
           after
           some
           other
           sort
           ,
           then
           they
           that
           did
           descend
           of
           him
           :
           wherein
           what
           can
           wee
           otherwise
           say
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           Creator
           of
           the
           whole
           world
           must
           needes
           be
           his
           father
           ?
           From
           this
           beginning
           wee
           can
           climbe
           no
           higher
           ,
           but
           there
           of
           necessity
           must
           stay
           &
           conclude
           :
           that
           this
           first
           Creator
           of
           Nature
           was
           without
           beginning
           ,
           and
           because
           we
           shall
           else
           haue
           no
           place
           to
           rest
           at
           ,
           confesse
           him
           to
           be
           infinite
           and
           eternall
           .
           Thus
           the
           creature
           leades
           vs
           to
           finde
           out
           the
           Creator
           ,
           and
           proceeding
           from
           one
           essence
           to
           another
           ,
           attaines
           at
           last
           to
           the
           first
           essence
           ,
           endlesse
           &
           euerlasting
           ,
           as
           the
           spring
           and
           originall
           of
           all
           in
           generall
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           the
           
           almightie
           and
           omnipotent
           great
           God.
           
        
         
           Hauing
           thus
           attained
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           by
           the
           creature
           ,
           let
           vs
           nowe
           proceede
           to
           learne
           to
           know
           what
           the
           creature
           is
           :
           which
           beeing
           the
           whole
           scope
           and
           argument
           of
           the
           Treatise
           following
           ,
           I
           will
           leaue
           the
           whole
           case
           to
           be
           resolued
           thereby
           ,
           as
           beeing
           therein
           handled
           at
           full
           and
           very
           learnedly
           .
        
         
           Now
           my
           humble
           sute
           vnto
           your
           Worship
           is
           ,
           that
           in
           regarde
           of
           some
           breach
           of
           promise
           ,
           concerning
           my
           
             Paradox
             Apologie
          
           ,
           which
           long
           since
           you
           should
           haue
           had
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           troubles
           of
           the
           time
           ,
           &
           misinterpretation
           of
           the
           worke
           by
           some
           in
           authoritie
           ,
           was
           the
           only
           cause
           why
           it
           went
           not
           forward
           :
           that
           you
           would
           please
           to
           accept
           of
           this
           excellent
           labour
           ,
           not
           as
           in
           discharge
           of
           that
           former
           debt
           ,
           because
           it
           being
           againe
           restored
           me
           ,
           shall
           shortly
           come
           to
           aunswer
           for
           it selfe
           ,
           but
           rather
           to
           looke
           with
           the
           more
           fauourable
           regard
           on
           this
           ,
           first
           for
           the
           honorable
           Frenchmans
           sake
           ,
           whose
           workes
           doe
           carry
           no
           meane
           commendation
           
           through
           the
           vvorlde
           :
           And
           next
           ,
           for
           the
           vnfained
           affection
           I
           beare
           you
           ,
           deuoting
           my
           best
           abilities
           of
           studie
           to
           your
           kinde
           patronage
           ,
           so
           please
           you
           but
           to
           grace
           them
           with
           fauourable
           acceptance
           .
        
         
           The
           Treatise
           against
           Atheisme
           ,
           written
           by
           the
           same
           Author
           ,
           to
           the
           same
           person
           ,
           and
           annexed
           to
           this
           learned
           labour
           of
           his
           ,
           beeing
           likewise
           so
           lately
           come
           to
           my
           handes
           ,
           I
           will
           (
           by
           Gods
           assistance
           )
           finish
           with
           what
           expedition
           I
           may
           ,
           and
           entitle
           it
           to
           the
           kinde
           entertayner
           of
           this
           former
           ,
           as
           beeing
           a
           booke
           most
           needfull
           for
           these
           times
           ,
           wherein
           neuer
           enough
           can
           be
           sayde
           or
           written
           of
           that
           argument
           ,
           so
           mightie
           is
           the
           multitude
           of
           blasphemous
           Atheists
           ,
           and
           so
           dangerous
           their
           proceedings
           to
           Gods
           high
           dishonour
           .
        
         
           I
           am
           loth
           to
           be
           troublesome
           by
           tediousnes
           to
           your
           Worship
           ,
           because
           to
           the
           wise
           and
           iuditiall
           ,
           I
           know
           a
           word
           is
           sufficient
           :
           the
           worke
           ,
           my selfe
           ,
           and
           what
           I
           can
           beside
           ,
           I
           prostrate
           to
           your
           gentle
           interpretation
           ,
           wishing
           to
           you
           ,
           the
           vertuous
           Gentlewoman
           
           your
           wife
           ,
           &
           hopefull
           issue
           ,
           all
           those
           hapepie
           blessings
           that
           this
           worlde
           can
           or
           may
           affoord
           ,
           &
           after
           the
           finishing
           of
           this
           frail-terrestriall
           pilgrimage
           ,
           a
           full
           measure
           of
           eternall
           tranquilitie
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           the
           liuing
           .
        
         
           
             
               Your
               VVorships
               in
               all
               trunesse
               of
               affection
               ,
            
             An
             :
             Mundy
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           BY
           the
           iudgement
           of
           the
           best
           and
           learnedst
           Philosophers
           ,
           as
           also
           by
           some
           apparant
           proofe
           in
           our
           owne
           selues
           ,
           wee
           finde
           ,
           that
           our
           affection
           or
           desire
           after
           any
           thing
           ,
           is
           a
           quality
           proper
           &
           peculier
           to
           the
           soule
           :
           for
           from
           it
           onely
           are
           our
           affections
           deriued
           ,
           and
           thereby
           are
           we
           led
           to
           the
           prosecution
           of
           whatsoeuer
           we
           can
           most
           couet
           .
           Now
           ,
           all
           our
           longings
           and
           desirous
           appetites
           ,
           are
           not
           euermore
           for
           the
           best
           ,
           albeit
           in
           our
           fraile
           iudgements
           it
           may
           carry
           a
           wel
           seeming
           likelyhoode
           :
           but
           too
           often
           we
           
           finde
           it
           by
           wofull
           experience
           ▪
           that
           we
           haue
           no
           greater
           enemies
           then
           our
           owne
           affections
           ,
           nor
           fall
           into
           heauier
           daungers
           ,
           then
           those
           we
           are
           led
           to
           by
           our
           owne
           wilfull
           follies
           .
        
         
           To
           runne
           into
           particularities
           of
           our
           seuerall
           appetencies
           ,
           as
           some
           after
           honour
           ,
           others
           after
           riches
           ,
           others
           after
           temporarie
           glory
           or
           applause
           ,
           and
           others
           after
           vaine
           &
           friuolous
           pleasures
           :
           would
           require
           a
           larger
           discourse
           then
           this
           whereto
           I
           am
           limitted
           ,
           and
           I
           should
           but
           follow
           the
           olde
           track
           of
           custome
           ,
           which
           almost
           is
           handled
           in
           euery
           tractate
           .
           Yet
           we
           find
           the
           nice
           natures
           of
           some
           to
           be
           so
           scrupulous
           ,
           that
           when
           the
           liuer-veine
           of
           theyr
           corrupted
           opinions
           is
           but
           toucht
           a
           little
           ,
           
           not
           launced
           or
           let
           blood
           for
           the
           better
           safety
           of
           their
           health
           :
           they
           fall
           into
           such
           extraordinarie
           fits
           ,
           or
           rather
           frenzies
           ,
           that
           no
           men
           are
           more
           condemned
           ,
           then
           they
           that
           can
           soonest
           cure
           them
           ,
           nor
           worse
           entreated
           ,
           then
           such
           as
           best
           loue
           them
           .
        
         
           And
           what
           is
           the
           maine
           impediment
           in
           those
           teachie
           humorists
           ,
           but
           only
           a
           mighty
           assurance
           and
           ouer-weening
           of
           their
           own
           knowledge
           ,
           and
           skilfull
           reach
           in
           all
           thinges
           whatsouer
           ?
           whereas
           if
           theyr
           capacity
           of
           knowledge
           were
           brought
           to
           the
           true
           touch
           indeede
           ,
           it
           would
           euidently
           appeare
           that
           they
           know
           nothing
           at
           all
           ,
           at
           least
           not
           what
           they
           ought
           to
           know
           ,
           and
           would
           best
           of
           all
           become
           them
           to
           haue
           knovvledge
           
           of
           .
           The
           ambitious
           man
           pretends
           to
           know
           what
           honour
           &
           height
           of
           dignity
           is
           ;
           yet
           findes
           his
           knowledge
           to
           be
           meere
           ignorance
           ,
           vvhen
           the
           miserable
           downfall
           from
           his
           expectation
           ,
           teacheth
           him
           (
           too
           late
           )
           that
           a
           meane
           estate
           had
           beene
           much
           better
           .
        
         
           The
           greedy
           scraping
           money-monger
           perswades
           himselfe
           ,
           that
           his
           knowledge
           in
           managing
           of
           worldly
           commodities
           ,
           and
           battering
           for
           best
           aduantage
           by
           bargayning
           ,
           is
           as
           much
           as
           is
           needfull
           and
           necessarie
           for
           him
           to
           be
           acquainted
           withall
           ,
           and
           that
           ,
           that
           is
           the
           onely
           reall
           substance
           of
           knowledge
           indeede
           :
           but
           when
           he
           finds
           by
           som
           crosse
           &
           change
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           as
           either
           losse
           at
           Sea
           
           abroade
           ,
           rapine
           of
           theeues
           at
           home
           ,
           or
           some
           other
           casualtie
           (
           vvhereof
           there
           vvanteth
           no
           aboundance
           )
           that
           this
           vvorldlie
           knowledge
           is
           indeede
           but
           witlesse
           folly
           ,
           then
           hee
           can
           cry
           out
           with
           the
           Philosopher
           ,
           that
           hee
           had
           much
           witte
           ,
           but
           no
           knovvledge
           .
        
         
           The
           like
           might
           be
           said
           of
           the
           proude
           ,
           enuious
           ,
           wanton
           ,
           Epicure
           ,
           &c.
           all
           of
           them
           coueting
           no
           other
           kinde
           of
           knowledge
           ,
           but
           what
           best
           fitteth
           &
           agreeth
           with
           their
           sensuall
           appetites
           ;
           to
           whom
           I
           aunswer
           with
           that
           learned
           Father
           Saint
           Ambrose
           ;
           
             That
             it
             had
             beene
             much
             better
             for
             them
             not
             to
             haue
             knowne
             at
             all
             ,
             except
             they
             had
             attayned
             to
             true
             knowledge
             indeede
             .
          
        
         
         
           Seneca
           tells
           vs
           ,
           that
           the
           looking
           Glasse
           was
           first
           made
           &
           inuented
           ,
           for
           a
           man
           to
           come
           to
           the
           easier
           knovvledge
           of
           himselfe
           thereby
           .
           Nowe
           albeit
           we
           may
           gather
           somwhat
           concerning
           our selues
           ,
           when
           we
           view
           our
           faces
           ,
           proportion
           and
           the
           bodies
           liniaments
           therein
           :
           yet
           Socrates
           reached
           to
           a
           greater
           matter
           ,
           and
           applied
           this
           beholding
           of
           our selues
           in
           a
           Glasse
           ,
           to
           an
           euident
           enstruction
           of
           life
           and
           good
           behauiour
           .
           For
           ,
           he
           would
           very
           often
           aduise
           his
           Schollers
           and
           follovvers
           ,
           to
           make
           a
           continuall
           vse
           of
           looking
           themselues
           in
           a
           glasse
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           ,
           that
           he
           who
           perceaued
           his
           shape
           to
           be
           comly
           and
           well
           beautified
           ,
           might
           thereby
           learne
           to
           shunne
           all
           turpitude
           in
           manners
           ,
           which
           
           would
           much
           deforme
           and
           blemish
           so
           goodly
           an
           appearance
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           hee
           gaue
           them
           this
           further
           admonition
           ,
           that
           vvhen
           any
           one
           did
           discern
           by
           the
           glasse
           ,
           some
           want
           eyther
           of
           apt
           forme
           or
           comlines
           in
           himselfe
           ,
           or
           any
           other
           impediment
           vvhich
           hee
           thought
           to
           be
           defectiue
           :
           that
           his
           labour
           and
           care
           should
           be
           the
           more
           industriously
           applyed
           ,
           to
           recompence
           the
           lack
           of
           his
           outward
           wants
           and
           imperfections
           ,
           with
           the
           mindes
           inward
           vertues
           &
           more
           splendant
           graces
           .
           Contrariwise
           ,
           if
           the
           outward
           shape
           appeared
           Angell-like
           &
           goodly
           :
           to
           make
           the
           inward
           part
           thereto
           as
           beautifull
           in
           resemblance
           ,
           by
           auoyding
           all
           occasions
           that
           may
           deforme
           it
           .
        
         
         
           Vpon
           consideration
           (
           gentle
           Reader
           )
           of
           that
           which
           hath
           been
           before
           alleaged
           ,
           happening
           so
           vvell
           on
           this
           excellent
           Treatise
           ,
           vvritten
           in
           French
           by
           
             Monsieur
             du
             Plessis
          
           ,
           an
           honorable
           Gentleman
           of
           the
           Kings
           Counsell
           ,
           and
           gouernour
           of
           his
           Crovvne
           and
           Kingdome
           of
           Nauarre
           ,
           being
           entituled
           ,
           
             The
             true
             knowledge
             of
             a
             mans
             owne
             selfe
             ,
          
           and
           therfore
           may
           the
           more
           aptly
           be
           compared
           to
           a
           Glasse
           ,
           that
           guides
           a
           man
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           himself
           :
           I
           was
           the
           more
           desirous
           to
           bestow
           translation
           on
           it
           ,
           that
           it
           might
           passe
           abroade
           to
           generall
           benefit
           .
        
         
           And
           so
           much
           the
           rather
           was
           I
           thereto
           induced
           ,
           because
           this
           Glasse
           hath
           a
           vvonderous
           difference
           from
           the
           other
           ,
           which
           but
           
           deliuer
           our
           outward
           shape
           and
           semblance
           onely
           ;
           For
           this
           discouers
           the
           inward
           parts
           of
           the
           bodie
           ,
           from
           the
           very
           houre
           of
           conception
           ,
           to
           the
           latest
           minute
           of
           life
           ,
           vvith
           the
           manner
           of
           nourishing
           ,
           encreasing
           and
           grovving
           to
           perfection
           ,
           and
           how
           the
           body
           naturally
           liueth
           by
           his
           power
           &
           organes
           ,
           with
           euery
           sence
           ,
           nerue
           and
           faculty
           thereto
           belonging
           ;
           likewise
           how
           the
           soule
           hath
           her
           being
           in
           the
           body
           ,
           approouing
           the
           dignitie
           and
           immortalitie
           thereof
           .
        
         
           My
           humble
           sute
           to
           thee
           ,
           in
           requitall
           of
           my
           labour
           ,
           and
           the
           inestimable
           benefitte
           thou
           mayst
           gaine
           heereby
           :
           is
           ,
           that
           thou
           wouldst
           reade
           it
           with
           reuerence
           and
           discretion
           ,
           as
           a
           woorke
           not
           
           meete
           for
           euery
           immodest
           iudgment
           .
           Let
           thy
           reuerence
           be
           to
           God
           ,
           who
           hath
           so
           miraculously
           wrought
           for
           thee
           ,
           and
           bestowed
           so
           many
           blessings
           on
           thee
           in
           Nature
           .
           Let
           thy
           discretion
           guide
           thee
           step
           by
           step
           ,
           to
           a
           true
           and
           perfect
           knovvledge
           of
           thy selfe
           ,
           by
           shunning
           those
           corruptions
           and
           vices
           that
           blemish
           &
           vvrong
           Nature
           ,
           and
           embracing
           those
           excellent
           prescriptions
           heerein
           inserted
           ,
           to
           preserue
           thee
           in
           a
           most
           tranquile
           &
           happy
           condition
           .
        
         
           Last
           of
           all
           ,
           for
           him
           that
           first
           in
           French
           vvrote
           it
           ,
           and
           my selfe
           that
           haue
           made
           it
           apt
           for
           thee
           in
           English
           :
           we
           will
           refer
           our selues
           together
           to
           thine
           ovvne
           construction
           ,
           beeing
           loath
           to
           conceaue
           so
           vnkindlie
           of
           thee
           ,
           as
           for
           
           a
           good
           turne
           to
           looke
           for
           any
           other
           then
           kindnes
           at
           the
           least
           ,
           which
           if
           thou
           canst
           affoord
           vs
           ,
           it
           is
           all
           we
           desire
           ,
           and
           in
           trueth
           no
           lesse
           then
           wee
           haue
           well
           deserued
           .
        
         
           
             Thine
             ,
             A.
             M.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Errata
           .
        
         
           
             FOr
             dogs
             ,
             read
             drugs
             .
          
           
             page
             ,
             1.
             line
             6.
             
          
           
             For
             Genues
             ,
             read
             Gennes
             .
          
           
             pa.
             34.
             li.
             11.
             
          
           
             For
             intestiues
             ▪
             read
             intestines
             .
          
           
             pa.
             52.
             li.
             2.
             
          
           
             For
             he
             ,
             read
             the.
             
          
           
             page
             53.
             line
             .
             20.
             
          
           
             For
             cerkitude
             ,
             read
             certitude
             .
          
           
             page
             .
             96.
             
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           The
           true
           knovvledge
           of
           a
           mans
           owne
           selfe
           .
        
         
           IF
           great
           &
           excellent
           spirits
           ,
           tooke
           delight
           to
           know
           and
           vnderstand
           the
           nature
           of
           all
           kindes
           of
           Beastes
           ,
           trees
           ,
           hearbes
           ,
           dogges
           ,
           &
           other
           things
           ,
           vvhich
           God
           by
           his
           power
           created
           ,
           by
           his
           wisedom
           gouernes
           &
           maintaineth
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           liberal
           bounty
           hath
           ordained
           to
           our
           vse
           :
           surely
           ,
           vvith
           farre
           greater
           reason
           ,
           vvee
           ought
           to
           take
           some
           
           paines
           to
           haue
           knovvledge
           of
           our
           own
           selues
           .
        
         
           The
           knovvledge
           of
           a
           mans
           owne
           selfe
           ,
           
           auaileth
           ,
           not
           onely
           for
           preseruation
           of
           the
           bodies
           health
           ,
           but
           likewise
           to
           moderate
           the
           vehemēcie
           of
           inordinate
           affections
           ,
           which
           hinder
           and
           impeach
           the
           health
           of
           iudgement
           .
           And
           ,
           although
           it
           bee
           a
           matter
           indeed
           very
           hard
           to
           expresse
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           excellencie
           &
           inexplicable
           maiestie
           therein
           consisting
           ,
           agreeing
           with
           him
           that
           said
           ,
           
             Excellent
             actions
             are
             of
             great
             difficultie
             :
          
           Yet
           ,
           for
           the
           profit
           and
           pleasure
           
           which
           may
           be
           gathered
           thereby
           ,
           my
           good
           will
           shall
           stretch
           foorth
           her
           vttermost
           abilitie
           .
           Our
           neerest
           way
           then
           to
           attaine
           this
           intelligence
           ,
           is
           in
           speaking
           first
           of
           our
           chiefe
           &
           principall
           part
           ,
           namely
           the
           soule
           .
        
         
           The
           soule
           is
           a
           substance
           simple
           ,
           
           hauing
           continuall
           agitation
           in
           the
           naturall
           bodie
           ,
           possessed
           of
           parts
           capable
           to
           the
           actions
           thereof
           ,
           and
           albeit
           (
           of
           herselfe
           )
           shee
           haue
           powers
           and
           perfections
           :
           yet
           it
           is
           so
           ,
           that
           while
           shee
           abideth
           within
           the
           bodie
           ,
           shee
           hath
           no
           vse
           vvithout
           her
           organes
           ,
           and
           those
           
           parts
           of
           the
           bodie
           that
           doe
           agree
           with
           her
           actions
           .
        
         
           
           It
           remayneth
           therefore
           to
           know
           what
           vertues
           are
           in
           the
           Soule
           ;
           in
           what
           parts
           of
           the
           body
           she
           performes
           her
           actions
           ;
           by
           vvhat
           meanes
           ;
           &
           how
           her
           vertues
           are
           extended
           ;
           with
           the
           full
           effects
           of
           her
           strength
           .
        
         
           The
           Phylosopher
           numbers
           fiue
           seuerall
           powers
           in
           the
           soule
           ,
           
           which
           are
           discerned
           by
           offices
           ,
           organs
           and
           obiects
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           those
           thinges
           whereon
           shee
           grounds
           her
           action
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           of
           these
           powers
           or
           perfections
           ,
           is
           
           called
           vegetatiue
           ,
           which
           by
           the
           meanes
           of
           such
           thinges
           as
           doe
           preserue
           her
           ,
           (
           namely
           ,
           ayre
           ,
           eating
           and
           drinking
           ,
           sleeping
           and
           watching
           ,
           rest
           and
           motion
           ,
           euacuation
           of
           superfluities
           ,
           and
           the
           affections
           of
           the
           hart
           nourishing
           the
           bodie
           ,
           )
           doe
           giue
           increase
           ,
           and
           power
           to
           beget
           .
        
         
           Nourishment
           is
           made
           by
           the
           vertue
           of
           naturall
           heate
           ,
           
           which
           conuerts
           the
           meat
           &
           drink
           into
           the
           substaunce
           of
           him
           that
           takes
           it
           .
           The
           organes
           &
           instruments
           which
           haue
           vse
           of
           this
           power
           in
           operation
           ,
           are
           those
           parts
           of
           the
           body
           
           appointed
           to
           receiue
           ,
           change
           ,
           and
           transport
           our
           foode
           :
           as
           are
           the
           mouth
           ,
           the
           pipe
           or
           passage
           of
           the
           throate
           ,
           the
           ventricle
           ,
           the
           liuer
           ,
           and
           the
           veines
           ,
           which
           doe
           conuey
           the
           blood
           .
        
         
           Howbeit
           ,
           all
           the
           bodies
           parts
           doe
           serue
           to
           make
           nourishment
           ,
           &
           conuert
           the
           seuerall
           aliments
           or
           sustenaunce
           into
           their
           substaunce
           :
           whereupon
           one
           vvell
           saith
           ,
           that
           each
           part
           hath
           his
           peculiar
           power
           ,
           to
           receiue
           ,
           retaine
           ,
           alter
           ,
           and
           expell
           .
        
         
           
           The
           maner
           how
           the
           body
           is
           nourished
           ,
           is
           necessary
           to
           be
           known
           ▪
           
           as
           well
           in
           regarde
           of
           health
           ,
           as
           also
           behauiour
           ,
           which
           makes
           mee
           the
           more
           willing
           to
           describe
           it
           ,
           for
           all
           mens
           easier
           apprehension
           .
        
         
           When
           the
           stomacke
           or
           ventricle
           hath
           receiued
           the
           foode
           ,
           it
           locks
           it
           vp
           afterward
           to
           heate
           &
           conuert
           it
           into
           a
           kind
           of
           white
           matter
           ,
           which
           beeing
           so
           changed
           (
           according
           to
           his
           qualities
           )
           discends
           by
           degrees
           into
           the
           guts
           and
           bowels
           ,
           certaine
           veines
           wherof
           doe
           sucke
           and
           draw
           the
           very
           purest
           &
           best
           substaunce
           ,
           and
           so
           do
           cary
           it
           to
           the
           Liuer
           .
        
         
           When
           it
           is
           grosse
           &
           
           superfluous
           ,
           it
           discends
           into
           the
           nether
           guttes
           ,
           but
           when
           it
           is
           elaborate
           and
           refined
           by
           the
           Liuer
           ,
           then
           doth
           it
           make
           some
           ample
           distribution
           .
        
         
           
           For
           ,
           the
           
             chollerick
             humour
          
           ,
           in
           the
           greatest
           part
           is
           with-drawne
           ,
           &
           receiued
           into
           a
           little
           pursse
           ,
           cōmonly
           called
           
             the
             purse
             of
             the
             gaule
          
           .
        
         
           
           Mellancholie
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           very
           grossest
           and
           most
           earthy
           bloode
           ,
           is
           sent
           into
           the
           Spleene
           .
        
         
           The
           part
           cold
           &
           dry
           ,
           cōmonly
           called
           fleame
           ,
           
           is
           dispersed
           by
           diuers
           proportions
           into
           the
           veines
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           
           oppinion
           of
           many
           ,
           the
           very
           best
           whereof
           the
           kidneies
           doe
           drawe
           to
           them
           for
           theyr
           nourishment
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           is
           caried
           by
           vessels
           attending
           on
           the
           bladder
           ,
           whereof
           vrine
           is
           made
           in
           that
           part
           .
        
         
           What
           else
           remaineth
           of
           this
           masse
           or
           substance
           ,
           is
           transported
           to
           the
           hart
           ,
           where
           the
           right
           ventricle
           thereof
           receiues
           and
           purifies
           it
           ,
           to
           the
           ende
           it
           may
           bee
           conuenable
           and
           fit
           for
           nourishment
           .
        
         
           Moreouer
           ,
           
           one
           part
           of
           the
           bloode
           so
           receiued
           into
           the
           right
           ventricle
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           is
           deriued
           
           vnto
           the
           left
           ventricle
           ,
           &
           conuerted
           into
           the
           
             spirits
             vitall
          
           :
           So
           called
           ,
           because
           by
           them
           the
           life
           &
           natural
           heate
           of
           the
           bodie
           is
           preserued
           ,
           and
           so
           are
           the
           
             animall
             spirits
          
           of
           the
           braine
           made
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           instruments
           of
           moouing
           and
           vnderstanding
           ,
           and
           of
           those
           noble
           actions
           that
           conduct
           our
           life
           .
        
         
           Againe
           ,
           from
           thys
           right
           ventricle
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           is
           the
           blood
           distilled
           into
           the
           veines
           ,
           and
           from
           them
           an
           apposition
           &
           commutation
           of
           them
           ,
           is
           conuayed
           into
           our
           substance
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           three
           seuerall
           
           digestions
           made
           ,
           
           onely
           to
           perfect
           thys
           nourishment
           :
           the
           first
           is
           in
           the
           ventricle
           ,
           which
           vulgarly
           is
           called
           the
           stomack
           ,
           whē
           the
           food
           is
           conuerted
           into
           matter
           dry
           and
           white
           :
           the
           second
           is
           in
           the
           Liuer
           ,
           where
           the
           said
           matter
           is
           altered
           ,
           &
           takes
           a
           kind
           of
           red
           colour
           :
           the
           third
           is
           in
           the
           veines
           ,
           where
           this
           matter
           (
           already
           cōuerted
           red
           ,
           and
           made
           blood
           )
           is
           purified
           ,
           thinned
           ,
           and
           heated
           ,
           by
           the
           vertue
           and
           warmth
           of
           those
           spirits
           which
           are
           in
           the
           arteries
           ,
           &
           (
           as
           the
           nature
           of
           sweat
           )
           doe
           passe
           ouer
           the
           heads
           of
           
           those
           arteries
           ,
           and
           subtilly
           is
           mingled
           with
           the
           blood
           of
           the
           veines
           .
        
         
           Heerein
           truly
           nature
           gaue
           vs
           the
           lawe
           &
           example
           of
           communicating
           our
           graces
           ,
           
           gyfts
           ,
           and
           perfections
           ,
           from
           one
           to
           another
           ,
           for
           the
           arteries
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           pypes
           appoynted
           for
           carriage
           of
           the
           spirits
           ,
           where
           the
           finest
           &
           perfectest
           blood
           (
           regularlie
           placed
           vnder
           the
           veines
           ,
           by
           poares
           &
           little
           holes
           almost
           imperceptible
           )
           doe
           make
           cōmunitie
           of
           their
           spirits
           with
           the
           veines
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           that
           the
           bloode
           of
           those
           veines
           most
           corsiue
           
           and
           cold
           ,
           might
           be
           heated
           ,
           altered
           ,
           &
           subtiled
           by
           the
           meanes
           of
           those
           spirits
           :
           in
           recompence
           of
           which
           benefit
           ,
           the
           veines
           doe
           impart
           theyr
           blood
           to
           the
           arteries
           ,
           to
           moisten
           and
           temper
           theyr
           spyrites
           ,
           which
           (
           without
           thys
           helpe
           )
           would
           be
           verie
           dry
           ,
           burning
           ,
           and
           too
           hote
           .
        
         
           The
           like
           argument
           deriued
           from
           nature
           ,
           vseth
           S.
           Paule
           ,
           1
           ,
           Cor.
           12.
           
           cōferring
           the
           offices
           of
           the
           bodies
           members
           ,
           the
           vtilitie
           ,
           dignitie
           and
           cōmunication
           of
           them
           ,
           with
           the
           spirituall
           graces
           ,
           which
           god
           hath
           distributed
           
           to
           euerie
           one
           perticulerly
           ,
           to
           make
           a
           cōplete
           body
           ,
           &
           an
           intire
           church
           (
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           )
           the
           place
           is
           well
           worth
           the
           noting
           .
        
         
           
           Wee
           commonly
           say
           ,
           that
           the
           hurte
           or
           defect
           of
           the
           first
           digestion
           ,
           cannot
           be
           corrected
           &
           repaired
           by
           the
           other
           :
           euen
           so
           ,
           when
           the
           ventricle
           dooth
           not
           iustlie
           performe
           his
           dutie
           ,
           the
           matter
           which
           remayneth
           ouer-rawe
           or
           cruded
           ,
           can
           neuer
           ingender
           good
           blood
           .
        
         
           Therefore
           ,
           such
           as
           giue
           not
           due
           leysure
           to
           theyr
           stomack
           to
           make
           digestion
           ,
           doe
           fill
           their
           
           bodies
           with
           hurtful
           humours
           ,
           abating
           and
           weakening
           the
           vertue
           of
           theyr
           stomacke
           ,
           and
           likewise
           of
           theyr
           liuer
           :
           whence
           groweth
           Palsies
           ,
           trembling
           or
           shaking
           of
           the
           members
           ,
           age
           hastened
           sooner
           thē
           should
           be
           ,
           with
           blisters
           and
           bleanes
           ,
           which
           deforme
           and
           much
           mis-shape
           the
           bodie
           .
        
         
           Yet
           is
           not
           this
           all
           the
           inconuenience
           &
           hurt
           that
           ensues
           heereby
           ,
           for
           if
           the
           blood
           be
           impure
           ,
           the
           spirits
           made
           therof
           ,
           cannot
           be
           cleere
           or
           noble
           ,
           of
           which
           spirits
           ,
           are
           vapours
           &
           fumes
           subtilly
           extracted
           &
           drawn
           
           frō
           the
           blood
           ,
           of
           which
           spirits
           are
           begotten
           and
           heated
           the
           left
           ventricle
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           &
           made
           like
           industrious
           &
           liuelie
           sparkles
           ,
           to
           giue
           heat
           and
           vertue
           to
           the
           parts
           of
           nature
           ,
           as
           both
           proffer
           and
           produce
           theyr
           actions
           .
        
         
           These
           sparkles
           haue
           been
           (
           by
           reason
           of
           their
           dignitie
           &
           excellence
           )
           in
           so
           great
           admiration
           ,
           
           that
           diuers
           entred
           rashly
           into
           this
           errour
           ,
           that
           those
           spirits
           were
           the
           substance
           of
           the
           soule
           :
           then
           the
           impure
           blood
           ,
           badly
           digested
           ,
           grosse
           and
           disorderly
           concocted
           can
           neuer
           be
           made
           
           spirites
           ,
           nor
           by
           ouergrosse
           and
           impure
           spirits
           ,
           can
           be
           doone
           anie
           noble
           actions
           ,
           neyther
           can
           the
           soule
           be
           freelie
           exercised
           in
           her
           offices
           ,
           onely
           through
           theyr
           most
           harmefull
           hinderances
           .
        
         
           For
           we
           see
           those
           men
           that
           are
           giuen
           to
           intemperancie
           ,
           
           be
           commonlie
           sleepie
           ,
           dull
           ,
           of
           slender
           capacitie
           ,
           not
           able
           any
           long
           while
           to
           contemplate
           ,
           retaine
           ,
           well
           conferre
           ,
           or
           vnderstand
           the
           order
           ,
           discourse
           ,
           causes
           and
           effects
           of
           thinges
           ,
           neyther
           what
           conuenaunce
           or
           difference
           is
           among
           them
           :
           
           nor
           can
           they
           promptly
           or
           expeditiously
           apprehend
           and
           iudge
           the
           benefite
           or
           harme
           ,
           which
           ensueth
           on
           any
           thing
           taken
           in
           hand
           ,
           so
           great
           is
           the
           intemperance
           of
           the
           mouth
           .
        
         
           
           Heraclitus
           the
           Ephesian
           ,
           by
           impuritie
           of
           his
           feeding
           ,
           became
           full
           of
           the
           Dropsie
           .
           
           Salomon
           saith
           ,
           
             that
             more
             perish
             by
             the
             intemperance
             of
             the
             mouth
             ,
             then
             by
             the
             sword
             .
          
        
         
           Hipocrates
           numbers
           sixe
           things
           ,
           
           which
           hee
           calls
           not
           naturall
           in
           vs
           ,
           because
           they
           are
           no
           parts
           at
           all
           or
           members
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           yet
           necessarie
           notwithstanding
           
           to
           maintain
           life
           :
           which
           are
           ayre
           ,
           eating
           &
           drinking
           ,
           sleep
           and
           watchfulnes
           ,
           motion
           &
           rest
           ,
           euacuation
           of
           superfluities
           ,
           and
           the
           affections
           of
           the
           hart
           .
           Hee
           giues
           a
           rule
           whereby
           to
           know
           those
           things
           profitable
           for
           the
           bodie
           ,
           as
           also
           the
           manner
           &
           order
           howe
           to
           vse
           them
           .
           First
           (
           saith
           hee
           )
           labour
           and
           moderate
           exercise
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           meat
           ,
           drink
           &
           sleep
           ,
           all
           these
           things
           are
           to
           bee
           vsed
           in
           a
           meane
           .
        
         
           The
           benefite
           of
           the
           first
           ,
           is
           ,
           
           that
           by
           moderate
           labor
           ,
           naturall
           heat
           is
           excited
           and
           mooued
           ,
           
           superfluities
           are
           consumed
           &
           expelled
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           profitable
           thing
           before
           new
           viands
           be
           receiued
           .
           For
           euen
           as
           hot
           water
           by
           the
           fires
           side
           becomes
           coole
           ,
           when
           cold
           water
           is
           mingled
           therewith
           :
           so
           is
           digestion
           hindered
           ,
           when
           the
           stomacke
           is
           charged
           vvith
           fresh
           receite
           of
           foode
           ,
           not
           staying
           till
           the
           former
           haue
           taken
           his
           due
           course
           .
           Thys
           ought
           wee
           especially
           to
           auoyde
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           rule
           which
           sayth
           :
           that
           the
           more
           vve
           nourish
           an
           impure
           bodie
           ,
           the
           more
           we
           do
           offend
           &
           dangerously
           hurt
           it
           .
        
         
         
           Those
           labours
           &
           exercises
           ,
           which
           do
           cause
           great
           agitation
           of
           the
           armes
           &
           stomacke
           ,
           are
           most
           agreeable
           for
           health
           :
           but
           care
           must
           bee
           had
           of
           ouer
           great
           stirring
           ,
           as
           well
           of
           the
           bodie
           as
           of
           the
           minde
           ,
           immediatly
           after
           refection
           is
           receiued
           ,
           for
           then
           we
           should
           rest
           ,
           or
           keep
           ourselues
           from
           immoderate
           moouing
           ,
           
           because
           (
           in
           that
           case
           )
           the
           stomacke
           beeing
           too
           much
           stirred
           ,
           it
           cannot
           intirely
           and
           fully
           make
           his
           digestion
           :
           For
           the
           little
           doore
           beneath
           in
           the
           stomacke
           ,
           by
           thys
           ouer-hastie
           stirring
           ,
           is
           
           opened
           ,
           &
           therethrogh
           escapeth
           some
           matter
           vndigested
           ,
           which
           fault
           (
           as
           already
           vvee
           haue
           said
           )
           cannot
           afterwarde
           againe
           repaire
           it selfe
           .
        
         
           The
           qualities
           ,
           measure
           or
           quantities
           ,
           the
           kindes
           or
           sorts
           of
           food
           ,
           the
           time
           ,
           and
           the
           place
           for
           taking
           them
           ,
           the
           cōplexions
           both
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           those
           that
           receiue
           them
           :
           ought
           also
           to
           be
           diligently
           cōsidered
           &
           weighed
           ,
           but
           them
           we
           doe
           referre
           to
           the
           Phisitions
           ,
           who
           haue
           therin
           prescribed
           very
           learned
           rules
           .
        
         
           
           Sleepe
           is
           necessarie
           for
           the
           preseruation
           of
           
           health
           ,
           and
           then
           it
           best
           agreeth
           with
           the
           bodie
           ,
           when
           the
           vapours
           and
           fumes
           (
           both
           sweet
           and
           profitable
           )
           of
           nourishment
           ,
           beeing
           in
           the
           stomack
           ,
           doe
           raise
           vp
           thēselues
           to
           the
           braine
           ,
           slyding
           sweetly
           thorowe
           the
           ventricles
           of
           the
           braine
           ,
           thickning
           and
           mingling
           them-selues
           vvith
           the
           braines
           naturall
           coldnes
           :
           for
           ,
           in
           discending
           ,
           they
           woulde
           hinder
           the
           course
           of
           the
           motiue
           and
           sensitiue
           spirits
           ,
           and
           stop
           the
           conduits
           of
           vnderstanding
           ,
           and
           those
           nerues
           vsuallie
           seruing
           for
           motion
           .
           Nor
           doe
           I
           without
           iust
           
           cause
           terme
           these
           vapours
           to
           be
           sweet
           :
           for
           if
           they
           bee
           at
           any
           time
           too
           clammie
           ,
           sharp
           ,
           dul
           ,
           or
           slow
           ,
           they
           doe
           then
           wounde
           the
           braine
           ,
           and
           engender
           Apoplexies
           .
        
         
           
           This
           rest
           serues
           to
           recreate
           the
           powers
           of
           the
           soule
           ,
           it
           moystens
           the
           braine
           to
           beget
           new
           spirits
           ,
           and
           labours
           for
           perfecting
           the
           offices
           of
           the
           ventricle
           &
           liuer
           :
           all
           which
           thinges
           at
           full
           it
           performeth
           ,
           because
           the
           hart
           (
           therby
           )
           reuocates
           &
           drawes
           his
           heat
           to
           him
           .
           For
           those
           mēbers
           which
           are
           farre
           off
           from
           the
           hart
           ,
           do
           wexe
           cold
           by
           sleeping
           ,
           as
           we
           
           may
           note
           in
           the
           hands
           ,
           head
           and
           feete
           :
           wherefore
           it
           behoueth
           to
           couer
           those
           parts
           better
           in
           the
           time
           of
           rest
           &
           sleeping
           ,
           then
           whē
           we
           are
           awake
           ,
           busied
           ,
           and
           labouring
           .
        
         
           This
           reuocation
           of
           heate
           and
           blood
           for
           the
           hart
           ,
           works
           it selfe
           thus
           ,
           
           the
           vapors
           being
           made
           cold
           by
           the
           braine
           ,
           in
           discending
           ,
           doe
           meete
           warme
           fumes
           cōming
           from
           the
           hart
           ,
           wherevpon
           those
           vapours
           are
           chased
           to
           the
           exteriour
           parts
           ,
           and
           so
           the
           heate
           of
           the
           hart
           more
           amply
           is
           augmented
           :
           wherof
           ,
           the
           hart
           ,
           by
           the
           arteries
           ,
           
           like
           to
           a
           King
           ,
           (
           willing
           to
           assist
           &
           furnish
           thorowly
           the
           indigences
           &
           wants
           of
           the
           liuer
           ,
           and
           the
           stomack
           )
           makes
           his
           prouision
           and
           store
           of
           blood
           &
           heate
           ,
           to
           help
           thē
           with
           supply
           in
           perfecting
           their
           concoctions
           ,
           and
           offices
           of
           nature
           .
           And
           assuredlie
           ,
           heerein
           we
           haue
           a
           liuelie
           example
           ,
           of
           the
           well
           guiding
           ,
           gouerning
           ,
           &
           managing
           of
           a
           cōmonwealth
           :
           
           for
           the
           hart
           (
           as
           Prince
           and
           King
           )
           enricheth
           &
           furnisheth
           him self
           in
           the
           time
           of
           peace
           and
           rest
           ,
           (
           commonlie
           called
           sleep
           )
           to
           the
           end
           he
           may
           in
           needful
           time
           
           likewise
           ,
           distribute
           to
           the
           liuer
           and
           stomacke
           ,
           such
           spirits
           as
           are
           sufficient
           for
           their
           working
           ,
           which
           spirits
           do
           helpe
           ,
           further
           and
           fortefie
           the
           naturall
           heate
           .
        
         
           Truely
           ,
           
           the
           first
           and
           chiefest
           office
           of
           a
           Prince
           or
           Gouernour
           of
           any
           Country
           ,
           is
           ,
           or
           ought
           to
           bee
           ,
           that
           his
           Subiects
           may
           liue
           in
           quiet
           ,
           without
           vexation
           or
           trouble
           of
           incursions
           ,
           and
           thefts
           of
           enemies
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           office
           ,
           is
           ,
           that
           he
           take
           order
           they
           haue
           victuals
           and
           prouision
           ,
           for
           their
           nourishment
           and
           maintenaunce
           .
           
           And
           the
           third
           ,
           is
           ,
           that
           they
           should
           bee
           instructed
           in
           Religion
           ,
           honest
           actions
           ,
           &
           other
           necessary
           Artes
           ,
           for
           maintenaunce
           of
           humaine
           societie
           .
        
         
           
           Sleepe
           then
           is
           most
           necessarie
           ,
           and
           serueth
           for
           euery
           one
           of
           these
           vertues
           in
           the
           soul
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           office
           vegetatiue
           or
           nourishing
           ,
           because
           it
           perfects
           digestion
           :
           and
           there
           is
           nothing
           more
           certaine
           ,
           then
           that
           vncurable
           crudities
           doe
           come
           thorow
           lacke
           of
           rest
           &
           sleepe
           .
           For
           not
           onely
           by
           ouer-long
           watching
           ,
           the
           food
           receiued
           cannot
           perfectly
           
           concoct
           it self
           ,
           but
           likewise
           the
           vertue
           of
           the
           ventricle
           is
           feebled
           and
           vtterly
           ouer-throwne
           :
           as
           well
           through
           the
           charge
           &
           weight
           of
           the
           foode
           ,
           as
           also
           that
           the
           nerues
           are
           made
           weake
           by
           the
           feeblenes
           of
           the
           braine
           ,
           whence
           they
           proceede
           ,
           and
           this
           debilitie
           is
           only
           caused
           by
           want
           of
           rest
           .
           It
           serues
           also
           in
           the
           power
           appetente
           :
           
           for
           the
           hart
           attracts
           his
           heate
           ,
           and
           engenders
           great
           aboundance
           of
           spirits
           ,
           which
           are
           alwaies
           the
           cleerer
           ,
           the
           more
           the
           bloode
           is
           neate
           and
           purified
           .
        
         
           It
           profits
           likewise
           the
           
           power
           principal
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           vertue
           Intellectiue
           ,
           
           for
           hee
           orders
           his
           actions
           by
           meanes
           of
           the
           spirits
           in
           the
           braine
           ,
           which
           touch
           &
           mooue
           the
           nerues
           ,
           as
           well
           sensitiue
           as
           motiue
           .
        
         
           Adde
           wee
           heereto
           ,
           that
           in
           sleepe
           ,
           the
           substance
           of
           the
           braine
           is
           refreshed
           and
           moistened
           ,
           which
           braine
           ,
           (
           by
           too
           great
           drynes
           ,
           )
           looseth
           his
           complexion
           ,
           &
           the
           substaunce
           of
           the
           nerues
           cannot
           then
           wel
           performe
           their
           offices
           :
           iustly
           agreeing
           with
           the
           strings
           of
           a
           musicall
           instrument
           ,
           
           which
           if
           they
           be
           too
           dry
           ,
           or
           too
           moist
           ,
           
           too
           slack
           ,
           or
           too
           much
           extēded
           ,
           they
           can
           yield
           no
           sounde
           of
           good
           accordance
           .
        
         
           This
           place
           admonisheth
           vs
           to
           speake
           of
           dreames
           and
           fantasies
           ,
           
           which
           happen
           in
           the
           time
           of
           sleepe
           ,
           and
           are
           nothing
           else
           but
           meere
           imaginations
           ,
           that
           present
           themselues
           ,
           vvhen
           the
           spirits
           (
           which
           are
           the
           instruments
           of
           our
           cogitations
           )
           leaue
           their
           orderly
           course
           ,
           &
           confusedly
           and
           irregulerly
           moue
           themselues
           in
           the
           braine
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           diuers
           sorts
           of
           dreames
           ,
           
           some
           being
           called
           common
           &
           vulgare
           ,
           
           because
           that
           the
           causes
           are
           euident
           :
           as
           when
           in
           our
           sleepe
           ,
           the
           images
           and
           shapes
           of
           things
           ,
           which
           the
           day
           before
           haue
           exercised
           and
           frequented
           our
           cogitations
           ,
           doe
           make
           a
           tender
           and
           offer
           of
           thēselues
           :
           
           as
           Iudges
           do
           often
           reuolue
           on
           theyr
           law-cases
           :
           Scholastical
           Diuines
           ,
           on
           theyr
           relations
           &
           vrgent
           examinations
           :
           Carters
           cal
           on
           theyr
           horses
           :
           Sheepheards
           on
           their
           sheepe
           ,
           and
           so
           of
           others
           .
        
         
           
           Sometimes
           the
           cause
           of
           dreames
           is
           within
           vs
           ,
           as
           those
           dreames
           which
           agree
           with
           the
           humors
           
           abounding
           &
           working
           in
           vs
           ,
           and
           these
           humors
           doe
           induce
           imaginations
           :
           as
           sometimes
           ,
           by
           the
           great
           aboundance
           of
           phlegme
           beeing
           in
           the
           stomacke
           ,
           a
           man
           dreams
           that
           he
           is
           swimming
           in
           a
           water
           :
           or
           by
           the
           weight
           &
           thicknes
           of
           humour
           in
           the
           stomacke
           or
           braine
           ,
           a
           man
           thinkes
           he
           is
           crowded
           ,
           or
           down-pressed
           in
           his
           sleepe
           .
        
         
           There
           be
           other
           sorts
           of
           dreames
           ,
           
           which
           are
           many
           times
           predictions
           or
           fore-runners
           ,
           of
           such
           things
           as
           are
           to
           ensue
           :
           but
           these
           dreames
           are
           not
           alwaies
           certaine
           ,
           &
           
           they
           happē
           to
           persons
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           some
           speciall
           cōplexion
           or
           temprature
           remaining
           in
           them
           ,
           or
           else
           by
           gyft
           of
           diuine
           perfection
           :
           as
           naturally
           some
           one
           is
           more
           enclined
           to
           poesie
           or
           musique
           ,
           then
           another
           .
        
         
           
           Many
           especiall
           examples
           haue
           beene
           noted
           ,
           as
           namely
           the
           Phisition
           of
           Augustus
           ,
           who
           dreamed
           that
           the
           Tent
           belonging
           to
           the
           sayde
           Prince
           ,
           should
           be
           spoyled
           :
           whereof
           he
           aduertised
           the
           Emperor
           ,
           who
           immediatly
           did
           withdraw
           from
           thence
           ,
           and
           soone
           after
           it
           hapned
           ,
           
           that
           the
           enemy
           came
           &
           set
           vpon
           it
           ,
           spoyling
           &
           destroying
           all
           that
           was
           in
           it
           .
        
         
           And
           Cicero
           ,
           who
           dreamed
           of
           Octauius
           before
           hee
           knewe
           him
           ,
           that
           hee
           should
           be
           the
           Prince
           of
           that
           cōmonwealth
           .
           And
           a
           souldier
           at
           Genues
           ,
           who
           dreamed
           that
           hee
           should
           be
           deuoured
           by
           a
           Serpent
           ,
           and
           therefore
           ,
           on
           the
           day
           he
           should
           haue
           bin
           shipt
           away
           thence
           amongst
           others
           ,
           he
           hid
           himselfe
           in
           his
           house
           :
           where
           ,
           by
           the
           inconuenience
           of
           a
           tumult
           ,
           vvhich
           happened
           that
           day
           in
           the
           Citty
           ,
           he
           was
           
           slaine
           by
           a
           bullet
           ,
           which
           came
           from
           a
           peece
           named
           a
           Serpentine
           .
        
         
           
           There
           are
           other
           manner
           of
           dreames
           ,
           which
           diuinely
           are
           sent
           to
           mē
           by
           inspirations
           ,
           or
           announciations
           of
           Angels
           :
           such
           as
           were
           the
           dreames
           of
           Iacob
           ,
           Ioseph
           ,
           Daniell
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           .
           Such
           doe
           neuer
           happen
           vpon
           light
           affaires
           or
           occasions
           ,
           but
           in
           cases
           of
           importance
           :
           as
           for
           the
           gouernment
           of
           GODS
           church
           in
           Kingdoms
           and
           common-weales
           ,
           for
           order
           and
           obseruation
           therein
           to
           be
           kept
           :
           Which
           kinde
           of
           dreames
           are
           
           alwaies
           certaine
           .
           There
           be
           others
           deuilish
           ,
           
           as
           the
           dream
           of
           Cassius
           ,
           wherof
           Valerius
           writeth
           .
        
         
           Wee
           haue
           then
           spoken
           sufficiently
           (
           for
           this
           time
           )
           of
           the
           manner
           how
           we
           are
           nourished
           ,
           which
           behooueth
           the
           more
           to
           be
           vnderstood
           ,
           
           for
           our
           better
           preseruation
           frō
           intemperance
           :
           for
           when
           wee
           giue
           no
           leysure
           to
           Nature
           ,
           to
           make
           her
           concoctions
           and
           transmutations
           ,
           the
           receptacles
           of
           the
           bodie
           doe
           fil
           themselues
           with
           hurtfull
           humors
           ,
           which
           rotting
           within
           vs
           ,
           doe
           engender
           very
           dangerous
           diseases
           :
           considering
           
           that
           the
           free
           and
           liberall
           course
           of
           the
           animall
           spirits
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           chiefest
           and
           verie
           neerest
           instruments
           ,
           or
           organes
           of
           our
           vnderstanding
           ,
           are
           hindered
           by
           the
           colde
           fumes
           of
           the
           stomack
           ,
           which
           thē
           doe
           mount
           vp
           into
           the
           braine
           .
        
         
           
           The
           augmentation
           of
           nourishmēt
           differs
           onlie
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           time
           &
           quantitie
           of
           the
           creature
           ,
           for
           there
           is
           a
           power
           ,
           which
           in
           a
           certain
           time
           causeth
           in
           the
           creature
           a
           iust
           quantitie
           ,
           according
           to
           his
           kinde
           :
           to
           wit
           ,
           when
           it
           increaseth
           through
           all
           
           his
           dimēsions
           ,
           as
           length
           ,
           largenes
           ,
           and
           thicknes
           in
           al
           parts
           ,
           which
           works
           it selfe
           about
           fiue
           and
           twenty
           or
           thirty
           yeeres
           .
           
           In
           this
           time
           nature
           receiueth
           most
           substance
           by
           what
           shee
           takes
           ,
           which
           shee
           looseth
           not
           by
           emptying
           her
           fumes
           &
           excrements
           ,
           for
           then
           is
           the
           heate
           naturall
           in
           greatest
           force
           .
        
         
           Galen
           saith
           ,
           that
           after
           this
           iust
           quantity
           is
           confirmed
           in
           the
           creature
           ,
           the
           action
           of
           nature
           growes
           to
           weaken
           ,
           because
           the
           pipes
           &
           vessels
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           wexe
           to
           bee
           more
           dry
           then
           before
           :
           but
           we
           say
           that
           
           it
           is
           the
           ordenaunce
           of
           God
           ,
           who
           hath
           constituted
           and
           limitted
           to
           euery
           creature
           a
           tearme
           and
           date
           ,
           vntill
           vvhich
           time
           hee
           should
           increase
           .
        
         
           Euen
           as
           wee
           behold
           the
           flame
           of
           a
           lampe
           ,
           
           to
           be
           nourished
           &
           maintained
           by
           som
           clammie
           drines
           which
           is
           in
           it
           :
           in
           like
           manner
           the
           bodie
           of
           any
           creature
           ,
           hauing
           life
           and
           vnderstanding
           ,
           hath
           som
           especial
           good
           humiditie
           ,
           fat
           and
           ayrie
           ,
           which
           commeth
           of
           the
           seede
           and
           essentiall
           beginning
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           &
           disperseth
           it self
           throgh
           all
           the
           parts
           ,
           wherein
           is
           
           carried
           this
           viuifying
           &
           celestiall
           heate
           ,
           holding
           together
           ,
           &
           still
           nourishing
           this
           heate
           ,
           which
           humiditie
           once
           consumed
           ,
           immediatly
           that
           heate
           is
           quenched
           .
        
         
           This
           humidity
           is
           (
           by
           little
           and
           little
           )
           vsed
           &
           perfected
           by
           this
           heate
           ,
           
           and
           as
           the
           measure
           and
           proportion
           of
           this
           humiditie
           is
           diminished
           in
           vs
           ,
           the
           naturall
           heate
           groweth
           to
           be
           the
           more
           weakened
           .
        
         
           And
           albeit
           that
           thys
           best
           and
           primitiue
           humiditie
           ,
           be
           so
           maintayned
           and
           nourished
           ,
           by
           that
           which
           wee
           take
           in
           eating
           &
           drinking
           day
           
           by
           day
           ,
           yet
           whatsoeuer
           exceedeth
           ,
           or
           goes
           beyond
           that
           iust
           substaunce
           ,
           is
           held
           to
           bee
           most
           impure
           .
           Like
           vnto
           wine
           ,
           which
           while
           his
           first
           force
           &
           nature
           is
           intire
           ,
           he
           wil
           very
           wel
           beare
           some
           small
           quantitie
           of
           water
           :
           but
           if
           often
           ,
           &
           houre
           by
           houre
           it
           shal
           be
           so
           commixed
           ,
           he
           will
           in
           the
           end
           loose
           all
           his
           strength
           .
        
         
           
           Vpon
           the
           like
           termes
           standeth
           our
           life
           ,
           for
           that
           which
           we
           take
           and
           receiue
           daily
           in
           substance
           ,
           doth
           not
           so
           naturally
           nourish
           this
           viuifying
           heat
           ,
           as
           the
           first
           and
           originall
           humidity
           .
           
           For
           note
           heereby
           how
           naturall
           death
           cōmeth
           ,
           
           which
           Aristotle
           sayth
           to
           be
           ,
           when
           the
           heat
           naturall
           is
           extinct
           :
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           when
           the
           primitiue
           &
           originall
           humiditie
           (
           pure
           and
           intire
           )
           is
           consumed
           .
        
         
           Death
           not
           naturall
           ,
           
           hath
           many
           other
           causes
           ,
           to
           weaken
           and
           impouerish
           this
           primitiue
           humiditie
           ,
           vvhich
           is
           sweet
           ,
           pure
           and
           temperate
           of
           it selfe
           :
           As
           by
           drunkennes
           ,
           gourmandizing
           ,
           immoderate
           lubricities
           ,
           and
           other
           excesses
           of
           all
           sorts
           .
        
         
           Great
           pitty
           then
           is
           it
           ,
           that
           in
           respect
           our
           life
           is
           
           but
           short
           ,
           and
           that
           day
           by
           day
           it
           attracts
           &
           gathers
           som
           diminishing
           ;
           that
           yet
           through
           our
           own
           barbarousnesse
           &
           inhumanities
           ,
           (
           worthily
           termed
           worse
           thē
           those
           of
           the
           Cyclops
           )
           we
           shold
           accellerate
           and
           hasten
           our
           end
           ,
           onely
           by
           intemperance
           ,
           and
           diuers
           extraordinary
           kinds
           of
           excesses
           .
           The
           augmentation
           is
           then
           made
           by
           the
           same
           organes
           ,
           &
           by
           the
           same
           naturall
           heate
           that
           our
           nourishment
           is
           .
        
         
           
           Generation
           hath
           his
           parts
           properly
           ordayned
           by
           nature
           ,
           &
           may
           be
           thus
           defined
           .
           The
           
           power
           of
           engendering
           ,
           is
           that
           wherby
           the
           creature
           is
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           remolded
           ,
           and
           renewed
           for
           preseruation
           of
           his
           kinde
           :
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           of
           the
           common
           essentiall
           forme
           ,
           beeing
           in
           manie
           distinct
           and
           singuler
           parts
           .
        
         
           The
           manner
           how
           the
           fruite
           is
           formed
           in
           the
           matrixe
           of
           a
           woman
           ,
           
           is
           thus
           .
           When
           the
           matrix
           hath
           receiued
           the
           seede
           of
           man
           and
           woman
           together
           ,
           first
           of
           all
           the
           matrix
           ,
           like
           to
           a
           little
           Ouen
           ,
           (
           moderatelie
           made
           warme
           )
           doth
           dry
           &
           sweetly
           harden
           outwardly
           the
           two
           seedes
           
           together
           :
           and
           makes
           a
           thin
           skin
           about
           it
           ,
           such
           as
           wee
           see
           about
           the
           hard
           shell
           of
           an
           Egge
           ,
           which
           skinne
           or
           membrane
           ,
           is
           made
           to
           keep
           and
           continue
           the
           sayde
           seede
           ,
           softly
           and
           sweetly
           boyling
           within
           it
           ,
           only
           by
           aboundance
           of
           fine
           and
           subtile
           spirits
           ,
           which
           naturally
           are
           in
           the
           same
           seede
           .
        
         
           This
           mēbrane
           ,
           wherin
           the
           seede
           is
           kept
           and
           enclosed
           ,
           
           is
           principally
           made
           of
           the
           Womans
           seede
           ,
           which
           is
           more
           soft
           ,
           and
           lesse
           thicke
           or
           massie
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           extended
           with
           more
           facilitie
           then
           the
           other
           .
        
         
         
           And
           not
           onely
           is
           thys
           membrane
           made
           to
           cōtaine
           the
           seede
           ,
           but
           it
           is
           also
           for
           other
           vses
           beside
           :
           
           for
           thereon
           are
           placed
           and
           imposed
           infinite
           veines
           &
           arteries
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           that
           by
           them
           the
           menstruall
           bloode
           might
           be
           caried
           ,
           for
           the
           nouriture
           and
           encreasing
           of
           the
           fruite
           ,
           which
           veines
           &
           arteries
           haue
           their
           originall
           ,
           not
           only
           of
           the
           spermaticke
           vessels
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           those
           which
           draw
           ,
           prepare
           &
           carie
           this
           seed
           ,
           but
           likewise
           of
           a
           great
           truncke
           or
           veine
           ,
           planted
           and
           rooted
           on
           the
           liuer
           .
        
         
           This
           skinne
           is
           (
           as
           it
           
           were
           )
           folded
           and
           wrapt
           about
           the
           matrix
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           the
           sayde
           matrixe
           might
           giue
           warmth
           to
           the
           fruite
           round
           about
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           in
           this
           wrapper
           or
           membrane
           ,
           many
           small
           threds
           of
           veins
           or
           arteries
           ,
           which
           spreading
           and
           extending
           themselues
           one
           among
           another
           ,
           doe
           constitute
           and
           make
           two
           veines
           and
           two
           arteries
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           them
           a
           conduit
           .
           These
           veines
           and
           arteries
           ,
           like
           rootes
           of
           fruite
           ,
           
           beeing
           planted
           in
           the
           seede
           ,
           doe
           make
           the
           nauil
           :
           where
           ,
           by
           the
           first
           sixe
           dayes
           ,
           nature
           cloatheth
           these
           
           stringes
           and
           threds
           of
           veines
           and
           arteries
           ,
           and
           the
           seede
           softly
           boyleth
           in
           his
           folder
           .
           Then
           about
           the
           seauenth
           day
           ,
           when
           the
           nauill
           is
           formed
           ,
           and
           these
           veines
           and
           arteries
           ioyned
           ,
           through
           them
           is
           drawn
           the
           blood
           and
           spirits
           ,
           &
           caried
           &
           mingled
           with
           the
           saide
           seede
           ,
           for
           forming
           of
           the
           principall
           members
           .
           For
           in
           thys
           enuellopper
           there
           are
           diuers
           entries
           ,
           like
           the
           entring
           into
           some
           little
           vault
           or
           seller
           ,
           in
           which
           entries
           or
           concauities
           ,
           they
           are
           conioyned
           together
           ,
           &
           (
           thorow
           those
           vaultes
           )
           the
           little
           rootes
           
           doe
           attract
           blood
           and
           spirit
           .
           And
           while
           the
           seede
           thus
           heats
           &
           boileth
           ,
           
           it
           is
           made
           like
           three
           litle
           bladders
           or
           purses
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           places
           for
           the
           liuer
           ,
           the
           hart
           ,
           and
           braine
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           then
           drawn
           along
           by
           a
           veine
           proceeding
           from
           the
           nauil
           ,
           some
           thicke
           bloode
           ,
           as
           nourishment
           ,
           vvhich
           thickens
           &
           shuts
           it selfe
           into
           the
           seede
           .
        
         
           The
           fore-said
           veine
           is
           forked
           ,
           and
           alongst
           one
           of
           those
           braunches
           passeth
           this
           blood
           ,
           
           and
           settles
           it selfe
           to
           a
           thicke
           substance
           :
           behold
           then
           how
           the
           liuer
           is
           formed
           .
        
         
         
           Wee
           see
           by
           experience
           ,
           that
           the
           Liuer
           is
           nothing
           else
           but
           thickned
           blood
           ,
           grown
           hard
           together
           ,
           and
           this
           liuer
           hath
           many
           smal
           threds
           ,
           which
           serue
           to
           attract
           ,
           retaine
           ,
           change
           and
           expell
           ,
           according
           as
           vve
           haue
           before
           declared
           .
        
         
           Alongst
           the
           other
           branch
           of
           this
           veine
           ,
           is
           formed
           a
           gutte
           or
           passage
           ,
           which
           soone
           after
           ,
           
           carieth
           ,
           contriueth
           and
           fasteneth
           the
           bowels
           or
           inwards
           ,
           to
           the
           backe
           of
           the
           creature
           ,
           and
           it
           is
           a
           vessell
           where-with
           to
           sustaine
           the
           veines
           ,
           wherin
           prospereth
           the
           verie
           purest
           part
           of
           
           blood
           ,
           in
           the
           smallest
           intestines
           or
           inwards
           ,
           and
           so
           conueies
           it
           to
           the
           liuer
           .
           In
           like
           manner
           ,
           alongst
           the
           same
           brāch
           ,
           the
           stomack
           ,
           the
           spleen
           ,
           and
           the
           bowels
           are
           formed
           .
           So
           whē
           the
           liuer
           is
           perfected
           ,
           he
           makes
           an
           assembly
           of
           the
           smallest
           veines
           ,
           as
           of
           little
           rootes
           ,
           and
           by
           their
           assembling
           is
           made
           a
           great
           veine
           on
           the
           vpper
           part
           of
           the
           Liuer
           ,
           which
           vaine
           produceth
           some
           high
           braunching
           foorth
           ,
           whereof
           is
           formed
           Diaphragma
           :
           
           to
           wit
           ,
           a
           strange
           rounde
           muscle
           ,
           lying
           ouerthwart
           the
           lower
           part
           
           of
           the
           breast
           ,
           seperating
           the
           hart
           and
           lites
           from
           the
           stomacke
           ,
           with
           the
           Liuer
           and
           the
           Spleene
           .
           And
           so
           is
           made
           a
           part
           of
           the
           bones
           belonging
           to
           the
           backe
           ,
           
           and
           there
           be
           brāches
           which
           shoote
           out
           some-what
           lower
           ,
           whereof
           is
           also
           formed
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           said
           back
           bones
           .
        
         
           The
           arteries
           dispersed
           from
           the
           nauill
           amongst
           the
           seede
           ,
           doe
           tende
           toward
           the
           ridge
           of
           the
           back
           ,
           
           &
           by
           little
           and
           little
           haue
           a
           place
           designed
           ,
           for
           forming
           and
           engendring
           of
           h●e
           hart
           .
           These
           arteries
           doe
           drawe
           the
           hotest
           and
           
           most
           subtile
           bloode
           ,
           whereof
           in
           the
           little
           purse
           (
           therfore
           appointed
           )
           is
           the
           hart
           engendered
           and
           formed
           :
           vvhich
           hart
           is
           a
           solide
           flesh
           ,
           hard
           and
           thick
           ,
           as
           is
           most
           conuenable
           for
           so
           very
           hott
           a
           member
           .
        
         
           The
           great
           plant
           or
           veine
           ,
           extends
           &
           goes
           iust
           to
           the
           right
           ventricle
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           onely
           to
           carry
           and
           administer
           blood
           for
           his
           nourishment
           :
           
           and
           beneath
           this
           veine
           ,
           ariseth
           or
           springs
           vp
           another
           vein
           ,
           which
           carrieth
           the
           purified
           blood
           to
           the
           lites
           ,
           made
           subtile
           and
           hote
           ,
           onelie
           to
           nourish
           and
           keepe
           it
           
           warme
           .
        
         
           At
           the
           left
           ventricle
           of
           the
           hart
           ariseth
           a
           great
           arterie
           ,
           which
           carrieth
           the
           
             spirits
             vitall
          
           ,
           formed
           of
           blood
           by
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           
           thorow
           all
           the
           body
           .
           And
           euen
           as
           by
           the
           braunches
           of
           thys
           great
           trunck
           of
           veines
           ,
           the
           blood
           is
           conueyed
           thorowe
           all
           the
           bodies
           parts
           for
           nourishment
           thereof
           :
           So
           by
           the
           boughes
           or
           armes
           of
           this
           arterie
           ,
           are
           the
           spyrits
           likewise
           caried
           thorowe
           all
           the
           bodie
           ,
           to
           furnish
           it
           with
           
             vitall
             heate
          
           .
           And
           doubtlesse
           ,
           
           the
           hart
           is
           the
           beginner
           of
           
             vitall
             heate
          
           ,
           without
           
           which
           ,
           the
           other
           members
           can
           not
           produce
           their
           actions
           ,
           neither
           can
           theyr
           nourishment
           be
           dulie
           made
           .
        
         
           Vnder
           this
           artery
           of
           the
           fore-said
           left
           ventricle
           ,
           springs
           vp
           another
           arterie
           ,
           which
           serues
           to
           carry
           the
           sweet
           ayre
           frō
           the
           lungs
           &
           lites
           to
           the
           hart
           ,
           to
           refresh
           it
           :
           and
           likewise
           to
           recarry
           the
           ayre
           ,
           beeing
           first
           made
           warme
           by
           the
           hart
           .
           So
           then
           ,
           whē
           of
           these
           two
           ventricles
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           are
           those
           veins
           brought
           forth
           which
           doe
           intend
           to
           the
           lites
           :
           of
           the
           subtile
           bloode
           (
           vvhich
           is
           transported
           by
           this
           
           veine
           of
           the
           right
           ventricle
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           
           )
           is
           the
           lungs
           and
           lites
           formed
           and
           made
           ,
           and
           so
           successiuely
           all
           the
           height
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           is
           made
           by
           these
           arteries
           &
           veines
           ,
           which
           are
           conueyers
           to
           the
           spirits
           and
           bloode
           ,
           whereby
           nature
           fullie
           makes
           vp
           all
           her
           building
           .
        
         
           Soone
           after
           ,
           the
           brain
           ,
           
           which
           is
           the
           place
           and
           seate
           for
           the
           very
           noblest
           functions
           and
           offices
           of
           nature
           ,
           is
           formed
           in
           this
           manner
           .
           A
           great
           part
           of
           the
           seede
           with-drawes
           it self
           ,
           &
           is
           receiued
           into
           the
           third
           little
           purse
           before
           specified
           ,
           
           heereof
           is
           the
           braine
           cōposed
           ,
           whereto
           is
           ioyned
           a
           couerture
           ,
           hard
           and
           dry
           by
           force
           of
           naturall
           heate
           ,
           like
           vnto
           a
           tile
           in
           a
           fornace
           ,
           
           &
           that
           is
           the
           skul
           of
           the
           heade
           .
           So
           the
           braine
           is
           onely
           made
           of
           the
           seede
           ,
           to
           receiue
           ,
           conserue
           &
           change
           the
           spirits
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           instruments
           and
           causes
           of
           voluntary
           moouing
           ,
           and
           of
           vnderstanding
           :
           it
           behoueth
           then
           that
           it
           should
           not
           be
           made
           of
           vile
           or
           simple
           matter
           ,
           but
           of
           the
           aboundance
           of
           seed
           ,
           fullest
           of
           spirits
           .
        
         
           Novve
           ,
           euen
           as
           the
           veines
           are
           bredde
           in
           the
           
           liuer
           ,
           and
           the
           arteries
           in
           the
           hart
           :
           
           So
           are
           the
           nerues
           in
           the
           braine
           ,
           which
           are
           of
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           braine
           ,
           viscuous
           ,
           clammie
           and
           hard
           .
           Nor
           are
           they
           holow
           ,
           like
           the
           veines
           and
           arteries
           ,
           but
           solid
           &
           massie
           :
           except
           those
           two
           that
           are
           called
           Opticke
           ,
           which
           doe
           cōuey
           the
           spirits
           of
           the
           braine
           into
           the
           sight
           of
           the
           eye
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           braine
           discends
           the
           marrowe
           in
           the
           chine
           of
           the
           backe
           ,
           and
           there
           is
           great
           difference
           ,
           between
           the
           marow
           of
           the
           other
           bones
           ,
           and
           this
           heere
           spoken
           of
           :
           for
           the
           marrowe
           in
           
           the
           other
           bones
           is
           a
           superfluitie
           of
           nourishment
           ,
           engendred
           of
           blood
           ,
           ordained
           to
           norish
           and
           moisten
           the
           bones
           ,
           
           but
           the
           marrow
           in
           the
           chine
           bone
           of
           the
           back
           ,
           is
           engendered
           and
           made
           of
           the
           seede
           ,
           appointed
           for
           producing
           of
           the
           nerues
           sensitiue
           and
           motiue
           .
        
         
           VVee
           may
           (
           by
           that
           which
           hath
           been
           saide
           )
           in
           some
           sort
           knowe
           the
           beginning
           and
           fashion
           of
           our
           humaine
           bodie
           .
           VVhile
           the
           fruite
           is
           in
           the
           wombe
           ,
           
           it
           is
           nourished
           by
           blood
           ,
           attracted
           at
           the
           nauil
           ,
           because
           the
           fluxes
           ordinarie
           to
           
           women
           ,
           do
           cease
           when
           they
           become
           great
           ,
           and
           the
           infant
           drawes
           aboūdance
           of
           blood
           for
           his
           nourishment
           .
           The
           superfluous
           blood
           is
           deuided
           into
           three
           parts
           :
           of
           the
           very
           best
           &
           purest
           part
           ,
           
           is
           the
           infant
           nourished
           in
           his
           mothers
           bellie
           :
           the
           other
           part
           lesse
           pure
           ,
           is
           caried
           to
           the
           breasts
           ,
           and
           conuerted
           into
           milke
           :
           the
           third
           and
           last
           part
           ,
           like
           slime
           in
           the
           bottome
           of
           a
           marish
           ,
           is
           discharged
           in
           the
           birth
           of
           the
           child
           .
        
         
           The
           times
           of
           the
           infants
           beeing
           in
           the
           wombe
           ,
           are
           discerned
           in
           this
           sort
           :
           and
           the
           bodies
           
           of
           male
           chyldren
           ,
           
           are
           euer
           more
           perfect
           then
           the
           female
           ,
           for
           the
           seede
           whereof
           the
           male
           is
           made
           ,
           is
           hotter
           then
           the
           other
           .
        
         
           
           The
           first
           sixe
           dayes
           after
           conception
           ,
           the
           seede
           boileth
           ,
           resolueth
           ,
           and
           becommeth
           as
           an
           egge
           ,
           making
           three
           little
           bladders
           or
           purses
           ,
           as
           before
           wee
           haue
           declared
           .
        
         
           Nine
           dayes
           following
           ,
           is
           the
           attractions
           of
           blood
           ,
           wherof
           are
           made
           the
           liuer
           and
           the
           hart
           :
           and
           twelue
           dayes
           after
           the
           afore-said
           sixe
           and
           nine
           dayes
           ,
           is
           the
           liuer
           ,
           the
           hart
           ,
           and
           the
           braine
           
           to
           bee
           seene
           and
           discerned
           .
           Then
           eyghteene
           dayes
           after
           ,
           are
           the
           other
           members
           formed
           :
           these
           dayes
           nūbred
           together
           ,
           are
           fortie
           and
           fiue
           ,
           and
           then
           when
           the
           members
           are
           formed
           &
           discerned
           ,
           the
           fruit
           begins
           to
           haue
           life
           ,
           for
           it
           hath
           som
           feeling
           :
           wher
           vpon
           it
           is
           saide
           ,
           that
           about
           the
           fiue
           and
           fortieth
           day
           ,
           the
           soule
           is
           infused
           into
           the
           body
           .
        
         
           Hipocrates
           giues
           a
           very
           good
           rule
           ,
           speaking
           in
           this
           manner
           .
           
           The
           daies
           from
           the
           conception
           ,
           to
           the
           perfection
           &
           intire
           forming
           of
           the
           members
           ,
           beeing
           doubled
           ,
           
           doe
           declare
           the
           time
           of
           the
           childs
           stirring
           :
           and
           those
           dayes
           trebled
           ,
           doe
           shewe
           the
           day
           for
           his
           deliuerance
           .
        
         
           So
           then
           ,
           if
           the
           infant
           haue
           his
           members
           and
           parts
           perfect
           the
           fiue
           &
           fortieth
           day
           ,
           he
           will
           stir
           at
           ninetie
           dayes
           ,
           &
           shal
           bee
           borne
           the
           ninth
           month
           .
           This
           rule
           is
           ordinarie
           in
           male
           Chyldren
           ,
           but
           the
           female
           tarie
           longer
           .
        
         
           
           It
           is
           as
           easie
           likewise
           to
           iudge
           ,
           howe
           much
           the
           power
           vegetatiue
           is
           necessary
           ,
           which
           preserues
           and
           maintaineth
           (
           by
           his
           offices
           )
           as
           vvell
           the
           whole
           frame
           ,
           as
           the
           
           singuler
           parts
           there-to
           belonging
           :
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           by
           nourishing
           and
           augmenting
           ,
           it
           maintaines
           the
           seueral
           parts
           ,
           and
           by
           generation
           preserues
           and
           supplies
           the
           state
           of
           kind
           .
           Euery
           one
           ought
           to
           know
           thys
           ,
           &
           reuerence
           these
           gifts
           of
           God
           in
           nature
           ,
           vsing
           them
           lawfully
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           benefit
           of
           humaine
           societie
           :
           For
           it
           is
           no
           light
           offence
           ,
           to
           be
           excessiue
           and
           dissolute
           in
           these
           thinges
           ,
           wherein
           likewise
           if
           we
           keep
           not
           a
           meane
           and
           measure
           ,
           there
           dooth
           ensue
           horrible
           paines
           ,
           not
           onely
           temporal
           ,
           but
           also
           eternall
           .
           
           Indeede
           Nature
           admonisheth
           vs
           to
           bee
           continent
           ,
           
           and
           if
           shee
           woulde
           not
           bee
           deformed
           in
           the
           beginning
           ,
           shee
           would
           haue
           no
           other
           power
           vsed
           in
           generation
           then
           is
           necessary
           :
           
           but
           we
           destroy
           al
           ,
           by
           vaine
           lubricities
           ,
           inconstant
           &
           inordinate
           meanes
           ,
           decaying
           Nature
           in
           her
           very
           selfe
           .
        
         
           Ouer
           and
           beyonde
           this
           ,
           the
           dilligence
           ,
           arte
           and
           care
           ,
           which
           nature
           appointeth
           to
           engender
           ,
           preserue
           and
           perfect
           the
           infant
           in
           the
           wombe
           of
           his
           mother
           :
           aduiseth
           vs
           to
           preserue
           and
           bee
           respectiue
           of
           
           kind
           .
           It
           is
           then
           great
           inhumanitie
           ,
           rage
           and
           furie
           ,
           if
           one
           part
           do
           grow
           offensiue
           to
           another
           :
           for
           we
           see
           by
           the
           archetecture
           of
           nature
           ,
           the
           fashion
           ,
           the
           seate
           ,
           the
           order
           and
           vse
           of
           euerie
           seuerall
           part
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           an
           infinite
           power
           in
           the
           Creator
           of
           thys
           frame
           and
           peece
           of
           workmanshippe
           ,
           
           by
           so
           great
           wisedome
           or
           dayned
           and
           compassed
           ,
           by
           vnexpressable
           goodnes
           liberally
           furnished
           ,
           and
           prouided
           of
           all
           thinges
           for
           norishing
           &
           maintaining
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           Doubtlesse
           ,
           whosoeuer
           sees
           not
           &
           vnderstands
           
           these
           things
           ,
           hath
           lost
           the
           light
           of
           true
           sence
           ,
           and
           is
           more
           degenerate
           to
           humaine
           nature
           ,
           thē
           Nabuchadnezzer
           when
           hee
           became
           a
           bruite
           beast
           .
        
         
           And
           in
           truth
           ,
           the
           order
           of
           these
           powers
           is
           worthy
           consideration
           :
           
           for
           (
           as
           hath
           beene
           said
           )
           the
           power
           to
           nourish
           ,
           maintaines
           the
           distinct
           and
           singuler
           parts
           :
           the
           power
           of
           augmentation
           ,
           giues
           them
           a
           iust
           quantitie
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           greatnes
           ,
           largenes
           and
           thicknes
           :
           the
           power
           to
           engender
           ,
           preserues
           &
           supplies
           kinde
           .
           I
           say
           (
           in
           repeating
           it
           againe
           )
           that
           
           this
           order
           cleerly
           shews
           vs
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           an
           eternall
           GOD
           ,
           
           who
           by
           his
           infinite
           power
           created
           these
           natures
           ,
           &
           by
           his
           incōprehensible
           vvisedom
           assigned
           thē
           theyr
           offices
           ,
           and
           seperated
           theyr
           effects
           ,
           as
           we
           may
           behold
           that
           euery
           one
           begetteth
           a
           thing
           like
           to
           himselfe
           .
           For
           these
           kindes
           are
           guarded
           in
           their
           cerkitude
           ,
           and
           by
           a
           certaine
           law
           and
           maner
           are
           these
           liuing
           creatures
           produced
           :
           and
           not
           confusedly
           (
           without
           counsell
           )
           mingled
           &
           confounded
           in
           their
           kindes
           .
        
         
           We
           should
           consider
           
           and
           acknowledge
           God
           in
           nature
           reuerently
           ,
           
           we
           should
           esteeme
           the
           actions
           of
           nourishing
           ,
           giuing
           increase
           ,
           and
           supplying
           by
           generation
           ,
           as
           diuine
           gifts
           and
           graces
           ,
           the
           abuse
           whereof
           is
           punished
           by
           most
           horrible
           paines
           .
           VVe
           see
           drunkennes
           ,
           licorish
           feeding
           ,
           &
           grosse
           gurmandizing
           ,
           to
           bee
           the
           causes
           of
           murders
           ,
           circumuentions
           in
           iudgement
           ,
           trades
           ,
           traffiques
           and
           merchandises
           ,
           of
           beggeries
           ,
           and
           miserable
           ruine
           of
           goods
           and
           lands
           ,
           of
           wretched
           diseases
           and
           sicknesses
           ,
           as
           well
           corporall
           as
           spirituall
           .
           
           As
           for
           lubricities
           and
           immoderate
           thefts
           ,
           we
           see
           the
           euils
           and
           inconueniences
           ensuing
           thereby
           ,
           to
           be
           great
           ,
           &
           in
           greater
           persons
           then
           one
           woulde
           wish
           to
           see
           it
           :
           wherat
           those
           of
           better
           vnderstanding
           receiue
           no
           mean
           discontentment
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           power
           of
           the
           soule
           ,
           
           is
           called
           sensitiue
           ,
           it
           is
           that
           wherby
           wee
           discerne
           our
           seuerall
           actions
           ,
           and
           it
           is
           an
           excellent
           and
           necessarie
           benefite
           to
           man
           :
           not
           only
           to
           search
           and
           seeke
           after
           his
           liuing
           ,
           &
           a
           certaine
           place
           wherin
           to
           confine
           himselfe
           ;
           but
           
           likewise
           for
           many
           other
           offices
           requisite
           in
           humane
           societie
           .
           Thys
           power
           is
           deuided
           into
           sences
           exteriour
           &
           interiour
           .
        
         
           
           The
           sences
           exteriour
           are
           fiue
           ,
           namely
           Sight
           ,
           Hearing
           ,
           Tasting
           ,
           Sent
           or
           Smelling
           ,
           and
           Touching
           ,
           &
           these
           fiue
           sences
           are
           discerned
           by
           theyr
           offices
           ,
           seates
           or
           organes
           .
        
         
           
           Sight
           is
           the
           sence
           whereby
           vvee
           beholde
           colours
           and
           the
           light
           ,
           which
           things
           are
           propper
           obiects
           to
           the
           sayd
           power
           :
           and
           this
           perception
           is
           wrought
           by
           the
           meanes
           of
           certaine
           
           spirits
           ,
           comming
           from
           the
           braine
           by
           the
           
             optick
             nerues
          
           ,
           into
           the
           apple
           of
           the
           eye
           ,
           wherein
           there
           is
           a
           christaline
           humour
           ,
           which
           receiues
           (
           as
           by
           a
           glasse
           or
           mirrour
           )
           the
           kindes
           &
           lusters
           of
           colours
           ,
           and
           likewise
           of
           the
           light
           .
        
         
           We
           gather
           also
           hereby
           ,
           the
           greatnes
           ,
           figure
           ,
           number
           ,
           motion
           &
           position
           of
           bodies
           ,
           yet
           not
           singulerly
           and
           properly
           so
           ,
           but
           likewise
           these
           things
           are
           known
           with
           and
           by
           helpe
           of
           the
           other
           sences
           .
        
         
           Aristotle
           beeing
           demaunded
           ,
           considering
           we
           haue
           two
           eyes
           ,
           wherfore
           
           all
           thinges
           which
           we
           behold
           ,
           do
           not
           seem
           double
           to
           vs
           ?
           the
           aunswere
           he
           made
           thereto
           was
           thus
           .
           
           That
           because
           the
           nerues
           of
           the
           eye
           ,
           are
           seated
           betweene
           the
           place
           of
           their
           originall
           ,
           and
           the
           eye
           ,
           where
           they
           meete
           together
           like
           the
           forke
           of
           a
           tree
           ,
           therfore
           the
           spirits
           vnited
           there
           together
           ,
           doe
           make
           the
           obiect
           seeme
           but
           one
           thing
           onely
           .
        
         
           
           The
           interiour
           organs
           then
           of
           this
           power
           ,
           are
           the
           spirits
           assigned
           to
           that
           office
           ,
           and
           they
           are
           transported
           by
           the
           
             Opticke
             nerues
          
           into
           the
           eye
           ,
           whereof
           the
           exteriour
           
           is
           the
           eye
           .
           This
           power
           serues
           vs
           to
           knowe
           the
           heauens
           ,
           &
           they
           moue
           vs
           to
           vnderstand
           ,
           the
           power
           and
           wisedom
           of
           so
           great
           a
           GOD
           :
           to
           know
           also
           the
           elemēts
           ,
           and
           them
           seuerallie
           in
           their
           natures
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           we
           might
           make
           election
           of
           the
           fairest
           ,
           and
           leaue
           the
           deformed
           .
           
           In
           sooth
           ,
           there
           would
           appeare
           ,
           no
           great
           difference
           betweene
           life
           and
           death
           ,
           if
           we
           shold
           haue
           perpetuall
           darknesse
           :
           what
           a
           wonderful
           blessednesse
           then
           is
           it
           ,
           and
           more
           then
           our
           frayle
           thoughts
           can
           stretch
           vnto
           ,
           that
           GOD
           hath
           
           giuen
           vs
           this
           gift
           ,
           namely
           ,
           the
           light
           ?
        
         
           Plato
           saith
           ,
           that
           our
           eyes
           are
           giuen
           vs
           ,
           
           to
           instruct
           vs
           in
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           whē
           we
           behold
           the
           cleerenes
           of
           heauen
           ,
           with
           his
           reguler
           and
           ordinarie
           motions
           :
           for
           this
           admonisheth
           vs
           (
           whether
           wee
           will
           or
           no
           )
           of
           the
           builder
           and
           maker
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           of
           his
           great
           power
           ,
           wisedom
           ,
           &
           counsell
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           admirable
           and
           eternall
           light
           ,
           whereof
           we
           shall
           haue
           ioy
           after
           this
           mortall
           life
           .
           This
           power
           hath
           his
           seate
           in
           the
           humour
           christaline
           ,
           shut
           vnder
           
           the
           bal
           of
           the
           eye
           ,
           which
           humour
           shineth
           of
           his
           owne
           nature
           :
           
           and
           the
           nerues
           thereto
           deputed
           ,
           doe
           carrie
           the
           spyrits
           ,
           which
           attain
           to
           the
           boule
           of
           the
           cirkle
           ,
           that
           shewes
           it self
           in
           the
           eyes
           to
           be
           of
           diuers
           colours
           .
        
         
           These
           spirits
           thē
           giue
           life
           to
           the
           eye
           ,
           and
           are
           as
           a
           little
           flame
           ,
           
           resembling
           the
           Celestiall
           bright
           beame
           ,
           and
           giueth
           strength
           &
           power
           to
           see
           .
           The
           names
           ,
           the
           matter
           ,
           the
           qualities
           ,
           &
           the
           seat
           of
           the
           balls
           and
           humours
           of
           this
           member
           ,
           wee
           leaue
           vnto
           the
           Phisicall
           Anatomists
           :
           but
           properly
           and
           peculierly
           ,
           
           by
           this
           sence
           wee
           apprehend
           the
           light
           &
           colours
           ,
           for
           ,
           as
           Aristotle
           sayth
           ,
           
           the
           eye
           can
           see
           nothing
           ,
           but
           onely
           by
           his
           colour
           ,
           which
           colour
           is
           the
           qualitie
           of
           a
           commixed
           body
           ,
           participating
           of
           the
           light
           .
        
         
           
           One
           demaunds
           ,
           how
           those
           things
           offered
           &
           apprehēded
           by
           the
           eye
           ,
           or
           whether
           so
           euer
           it
           addresseth
           it selfe
           ,
           are
           thereby
           perceiued
           ?
           the
           common
           aunswere
           is
           ,
           
           the
           light
           beeing
           in
           the
           colour
           of
           the
           thing
           seene
           ,
           spreads
           and
           extends
           his
           beames
           thorow
           the
           ayre
           ,
           and
           thys
           light
           formes
           an
           image
           
           in
           the
           eye
           ,
           as
           in
           a
           mirrour
           ,
           because
           that
           the
           beame
           when
           it
           findes
           the
           eye
           ,
           redoubles
           if
           self
           &
           gathers
           together
           ,
           &
           so
           the
           image
           is
           made
           :
           as
           wee
           shall
           see
           the
           Sun
           beame
           ,
           
           entring
           by
           a
           creuise
           or
           crannie
           into
           an
           obscure
           place
           ,
           when
           it
           settles
           it selfe
           vpon
           any
           hard
           thing
           ▪
           as
           on
           a
           wall
           ,
           it
           engrosseth
           &
           redoubles
           it selfe
           ,
           as
           is
           very
           easie
           to
           be
           noted
           .
        
         
           If
           the
           light
           bee
           ouer
           violent
           ,
           it
           may
           hurt
           and
           offende
           the
           eye
           ,
           
           as
           wee
           may
           see
           by
           the
           flash
           of
           lightning
           :
           and
           any
           colour
           that
           is
           too
           excellent
           ,
           cannot
           suddenlie
           
           and
           perfectly
           be
           discerned
           ,
           but
           it
           raiseth
           some
           debilitie
           in
           the
           sight
           ,
           as
           we
           may
           see
           likewise
           by
           snowe
           :
           but
           questionlesse
           ,
           the
           whole
           nature
           of
           the
           light
           is
           full
           of
           meruailes
           ,
           and
           can
           neyther
           be
           perfectly
           explicated
           ,
           nor
           sufficientlie
           vnderstood
           .
        
         
           
           The
           kinds
           or
           images
           of
           whatsoeuer
           colours
           ,
           are
           not
           perceiued
           at
           all
           ,
           but
           onely
           by
           the
           means
           of
           the
           aire
           ,
           or
           the
           water
           ,
           as
           we
           may
           note
           ,
           when
           one
           offers
           a
           thing
           too
           neer
           vnto
           the
           eye
           ,
           then
           the
           beholder
           doth
           not
           plainly
           see
           it
           ,
           for
           assuredly
           ,
           the
           light
           which
           is
           
           in
           the
           colour
           ,
           is
           very
           feeble
           ,
           and
           a
           man
           cannot
           see
           or
           discerne
           it
           ,
           without
           some
           distance
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           very
           ample
           meanes
           of
           it selfe
           .
           
           And
           it
           is
           also
           to
           bee
           vnderstoode
           ,
           that
           the
           eye
           neuer
           sees
           any
           thing
           ,
           but
           according
           to
           a
           direct
           line
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           shapes
           or
           images
           which
           come
           into
           the
           eye
           ,
           doe
           carrie
           the
           figure
           or
           likenes
           of
           a
           Piramides
           ,
           which
           figure
           is
           seated
           in
           the
           thing
           seene
           ,
           and
           so
           in
           a
           direct
           sharpnesse
           renders
           it
           to
           the
           eye
           .
        
         
           The
           commodities
           of
           this
           sence
           are
           euident
           ,
           
           as
           well
           for
           the
           knowledge
           
           of
           God
           ,
           our
           search
           for
           safetie
           and
           assuraunce
           ,
           our
           willing
           preuention
           of
           perrils
           and
           inconueniences
           :
           as
           also
           for
           our
           choyse
           and
           election
           ,
           of
           those
           things
           which
           are
           beautiful
           and
           fayre
           ,
           and
           leauing
           them
           ,
           which
           in
           themselues
           appeare
           to
           be
           ill
           shapte
           and
           counterfeit
           ,
           &
           God
           knowes
           what
           confusion
           would
           happen
           in
           our
           life
           ,
           if
           we
           had
           not
           this
           happie
           and
           gracious
           power
           of
           sight
           .
        
         
           
           Hearing
           is
           a
           Sence
           wherby
           we
           apprehend
           sounds
           ,
           which
           sence
           is
           garnished
           outwardlie
           with
           an
           organe
           ample
           
           enough
           for
           entraunce
           ,
           but
           crooked
           and
           ful
           of
           windinges
           in
           descending
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           that
           by
           little
           &
           little
           ,
           the
           sound
           might
           gather
           it selfe
           together
           in
           the
           organe
           :
           for
           otherwise
           ,
           if
           the
           sound
           entred
           violentlie
           ,
           &
           altogether
           ,
           it
           would
           greatly
           hurt
           the
           power
           sensuiue
           .
        
         
           Sounde
           is
           a
           qualitie
           ,
           
           onely
           cōming
           from
           the
           fraction
           of
           the
           ayre
           ,
           which
           is
           made
           whē
           two
           bodies
           large
           and
           harde
           do
           beat
           against
           one
           another
           .
           This
           fraction
           is
           made
           in
           the
           ayre
           ,
           as
           wee
           may
           easily
           see
           ,
           when
           we
           throw
           a
           litle
           light
           stone
           
           vpō
           the
           water
           ,
           it
           makes
           an
           appearance
           like
           litle
           circles
           ,
           in
           turning
           and
           entring
           into
           the
           water
           :
           and
           euen
           as
           in
           small
           &
           narrovve
           Fountaines
           ,
           those
           circles
           beat
           often
           against
           the
           walls
           ,
           and
           so
           redouble
           them-selues
           :
           euen
           so
           in
           places
           which
           are
           cauernie
           ,
           vaulty
           ,
           or
           in
           forrests
           that
           are
           well
           furnished
           with
           Trees
           ,
           the
           ayre
           comming
           frō
           such
           hollow
           breakings
           ,
           doth
           very
           audibly
           and
           perfectly
           redouble
           the
           sounds
           .
        
         
           The
           meanes
           wherby
           any
           such
           soūd
           or
           noise
           is
           apprehended
           ,
           
           is
           the
           ayre
           ,
           for
           thereby
           is
           the
           
           sounde
           carried
           to
           the
           hole
           or
           buckole
           of
           the
           eare
           ,
           and
           is
           there
           entertained
           by
           another
           interiour
           ayre
           ,
           tempered
           by
           diuers
           sweet
           spirits
           ,
           only
           thereunto
           naturallie
           ordained
           ,
           vvhich
           (
           against
           a
           litle
           thin
           skinne
           spredde
           ouer
           the
           hole
           ,
           )
           renders
           back
           againe
           the
           sounde
           ;
           as
           wee
           see
           the
           skin
           doth
           vpon
           a
           drum
           or
           tabour
           .
        
         
           This
           sounde
           made
           against
           the
           saide
           thinne
           skin
           ,
           
           by
           the
           spirits
           tempered
           of
           the
           sweete
           naturall
           ayre
           ,
           is
           conuayed
           by
           the
           nerues
           (
           for
           that
           seruice
           deputed
           )
           to
           the
           
             sence
             cōmon
          
           ,
           where
           only
           
           is
           made
           the
           dijudication
           &
           discretion
           ,
           of
           the
           qualities
           of
           all
           kinds
           of
           soundes
           :
           to
           wit
           ,
           which
           are
           obtuse
           or
           piercing
           ,
           which
           are
           sweet
           ,
           rude
           ,
           wandring
           or
           delightful
           ,
           &
           so
           of
           al
           other
           differences
           and
           varieties
           in
           the
           sounds
           .
        
         
           
           To
           this
           purpose
           may
           wee
           speake
           of
           our
           humaine
           voyce
           or
           speech
           ,
           which
           is
           formed
           and
           made
           on
           high
           at
           the
           rude
           ,
           rough
           ,
           and
           sharp
           arterie
           ,
           for
           so
           some
           call
           the
           cōduit
           or
           wezand
           ,
           vvhere
           the
           tongue
           (
           at
           the
           entraunce
           of
           the
           throat
           )
           smites
           &
           cleaues
           the
           ayre
           ,
           as
           we
           may
           verie
           
           apparantly
           beholde
           in
           our
           Flutes
           ,
           so
           is
           the
           voyce
           made
           in
           the
           wezand
           ,
           and
           so
           is
           guided
           right
           alōgst
           the
           throat
           .
           Therefore
           Fishes
           doe
           forme
           no
           voyce
           at
           all
           ,
           
           for
           they
           haue
           no
           such
           conduit
           ,
           neither
           lungs
           or
           lytes
           ,
           by
           the
           motion
           whereof
           ,
           ayre
           might
           mount
           vp
           into
           theyr
           throat
           :
           these
           things
           are
           euident
           ,
           but
           the
           meanes
           and
           causes
           are
           hidden
           ,
           beeing
           an
           especiall
           benefite
           granted
           by
           God
           in
           nature
           .
           Nor
           can
           the
           said
           causes
           be
           plainlie
           vnderstoode
           ,
           by
           the
           weakenes
           and
           obscuritie
           of
           the
           light
           of
           our
           
           capacities
           :
           Notwithstanding
           ,
           we
           ought
           reuerently
           to
           giue
           glory
           to
           the
           Creator
           ,
           for
           hauing
           so
           wisely
           created
           and
           ordained
           the
           causes
           ,
           motions
           and
           effects
           of
           this
           sence
           ,
           which
           is
           so
           profitable
           and
           auayling
           ,
           not
           onely
           for
           our
           health
           ,
           but
           likewise
           for
           directing
           the
           affaires
           of
           this
           life
           :
           For
           ,
           by
           thys
           sence
           vvee
           haue
           faith
           ,
           
           saith
           S.
           Paule
           :
           thereby
           we
           also
           make
           our
           contractions
           ,
           &
           in
           our
           conuentions
           ,
           it
           is
           necessary
           to
           vnderstand
           one
           another
           .
        
         
           
           The
           sence
           of
           Smelling
           ,
           is
           that
           wherby
           we
           
           distinguish
           sents
           and
           odours
           ;
           The
           organe
           of
           this
           sence
           is
           two
           little
           spungie
           teates
           ,
           and
           full
           of
           spirits
           ,
           which
           are
           seated
           beneath
           the
           forehead
           ,
           aboue
           the
           cōduit
           of
           the
           nostrils
           ,
           whence
           the
           substaunce
           of
           the
           braine
           ,
           conuerts
           to
           a
           little
           neruie
           skin
           ,
           but
           yet
           exceeding
           soft
           and
           verie
           tender
           :
           by
           the
           closing
           &
           pressure
           whereof
           ,
           all
           sents
           &
           smells
           are
           apprehended
           .
        
         
           Nor
           are
           the
           two
           nostrills
           the
           proper
           sence
           ,
           but
           onely
           doe
           serue
           to
           conuey
           the
           odour
           into
           this
           organe
           :
           as
           is
           verie
           easie
           to
           be
           noated
           ;
           for
           ,
           
           we
           perceiue
           not
           at
           al
           anie
           odours
           or
           smels
           ,
           but
           only
           attract
           the
           ayre
           by
           the
           said
           nosthrils
           ,
           to
           the
           organe
           seated
           neere
           the
           braine
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           ,
           such
           gracious
           smells
           might
           recreate
           &
           cherrish
           the
           braine
           .
        
         
           Odour
           or
           sent
           ,
           
           is
           a
           certaine
           qualitie
           in
           a
           subtile
           and
           inuisible
           fume
           ,
           issuing
           frō
           commixed
           bodies
           ,
           wherewith
           the
           ayrie
           humiditie
           is
           mingled
           in
           an
           earthly
           nature
           ,
           abounding
           eyther
           more
           or
           lesse
           ,
           and
           is
           like
           a
           thing
           burnt
           ,
           or
           much
           dried
           ▪
           as
           wee
           may
           gather
           by
           the
           wood
           of
           Iuniper
           ▪
           Rosemarie
           
           &
           others
           :
           wheron
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           that
           the
           humour
           or
           moisture
           ,
           gouernes
           in
           the
           sauour
           ,
           &
           the
           drinesse
           ,
           in
           the
           odour
           .
        
         
           Thinges
           burnt
           ,
           
           that
           are
           moist
           in
           a
           mediocritie
           ,
           doe
           sauour
           well
           ,
           but
           such
           as
           are
           altogether
           dry
           ,
           haue
           no
           odour
           at
           all
           :
           because
           in
           them
           both
           cold
           and
           drinesse
           ,
           are
           the
           reasons
           that
           they
           haue
           no
           sent
           .
        
         
           And
           albeit
           that
           some
           colde
           things
           are
           odoriferous
           ,
           as
           bee
           Roses
           &
           Violets
           :
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           by
           their
           odor
           they
           doe
           heate
           and
           vvarme
           sweetly
           .
        
         
         
           This
           is
           the
           reason
           ,
           why
           in
           the
           East
           partes
           ,
           things
           of
           strong
           sauour
           doe
           most
           encrease
           ,
           
           because
           the
           coūtry
           is
           hot
           ,
           and
           likewise
           things
           exceedingly
           sweete
           ,
           haue
           the
           lesse
           sauour
           ,
           by
           reason
           they
           are
           fullest
           of
           humiditie
           .
        
         
           Contrariwise
           ,
           those
           thinges
           which
           bee
           lesse
           strong
           ,
           &
           yet
           burning
           ,
           are
           of
           the
           better
           sauour
           ,
           as
           Rosemary
           is
           good
           in
           odoure
           ,
           but
           very
           bitter
           in
           the
           taste
           .
        
         
           
           The
           generall
           differences
           of
           odours
           ,
           are
           those
           that
           bee
           good
           odours
           ,
           which
           comes
           frō
           the
           sweetest
           parts
           ,
           and
           
           best
           digested
           ,
           hauing
           an
           ayrie
           nature
           ,
           and
           is
           a
           pleasing
           recreation
           to
           the
           braine
           .
           And
           likewise
           bad
           odours
           ,
           which
           are
           those
           that
           be
           called
           stincking
           ,
           being
           a
           qualitie
           comming
           from
           the
           corrupt
           and
           putrified
           parts
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           poyson
           and
           hurt
           to
           the
           braine
           .
        
         
           There
           be
           other
           differences
           of
           sent
           ,
           taken
           of
           sauours
           ,
           as
           is
           a
           burning
           and
           strong
           odour
           ,
           such
           as
           the
           sent
           of
           Garlick
           or
           Onions
           :
           &
           the
           sower
           sauour
           ,
           drawne
           from
           sharpnesse
           ,
           as
           the
           sent
           of
           vineger
           .
           
           The
           meane
           vvhereby
           vvee
           discerne
           and
           iudge
           of
           these
           odours
           ,
           
           is
           the
           ayre
           :
           for
           Fishes
           do
           sauour
           a
           smel
           or
           odour
           in
           the
           water
           :
           as
           we
           beholde
           them
           to
           be
           sooner
           taken
           ,
           by
           the
           sent
           of
           some
           one
           baite
           ,
           then
           of
           another
           .
        
         
           
           It
           is
           a
           thing
           very
           necessary
           to
           life
           ,
           as
           wel
           for
           recreating
           and
           delighting
           the
           braine
           ,
           by
           the
           receiuing
           and
           perception
           of
           kindliest
           &
           best
           pleasing
           sauour●
           ▪
           as
           also
           for
           freeing
           and
           ridding
           (
           by
           the
           nosthrils
           )
           the
           superfluities
           of
           the
           braine
           .
        
         
           
           The
           sence
           of
           Tasting
           ,
           is
           that
           whereby
           we
           discerne
           and
           rellish
           sauours
           :
           the
           organe
           of
           
           this
           sence
           ,
           is
           a
           neruous
           skinne
           ,
           spred
           ouer
           the
           fleshe
           of
           the
           tongue
           ,
           which
           fleshe
           is
           full
           of
           pores
           ,
           slacke
           ,
           slow
           and
           spungy
           .
           
           The
           selfe
           same
           skin
           is
           extended
           to
           the
           pallate
           ,
           and
           hath
           his
           originall
           of
           those
           nerues
           which
           discende
           by
           the
           pallate
           ,
           to
           the
           roote
           of
           the
           tongue
           ,
           &
           giues
           the
           tongue
           his
           power
           to
           taste
           ,
           &
           to
           discerne
           the
           foure
           chiefest
           qualities
           :
           Now
           because
           the
           sayd
           flesh
           is
           full
           of
           spirit
           and
           humour
           ,
           the
           more
           easily
           is
           therin
           impressed
           the
           sauour
           of
           things
           .
        
         
           The
           meanes
           of
           thys
           powers
           vse
           in
           his
           actions
           ,
           
           is
           the
           saide
           loose
           or
           slack
           flesh
           ,
           
           &
           the
           spettle
           or
           moisture
           which
           is
           aboue
           it
           :
           and
           therefore
           we
           see
           ,
           that
           such
           as
           haue
           an
           Ague
           ,
           find
           al
           things
           bitter
           ,
           for
           their
           spettle
           is
           bilious
           or
           hot
           ,
           as
           much
           to
           say
           ,
           as
           mingled
           with
           the
           chollerick
           humour
           .
        
         
           The
           obiect
           of
           thys
           sence
           ,
           
           is
           sauour
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           certaine
           qualitie
           in
           the
           thing
           ,
           hauing
           more
           humiditie
           then
           drines
           ,
           vvhich
           is
           digested
           by
           the
           heat
           naturall
           .
           
           There
           be
           many
           sorts
           of
           sauors
           ,
           which
           make
           very
           much
           for
           our
           further
           knowledge
           :
           because
           they
           shewe
           and
           teach
           the
           diuers
           
           temperature
           and
           complexion
           of
           things
           ,
           and
           for
           whom
           they
           are
           meetest
           ,
           vvhich
           is
           a
           matter
           well
           worth
           the
           regarding
           and
           vnderstanding
           ,
           as
           wel
           for
           our
           ciuill
           regiment
           in
           dyet
           ,
           as
           for
           the
           remedie
           of
           diseases
           :
           for
           ,
           as
           Galen
           saith
           ,
           it
           is
           necessary
           that
           our
           nouriture
           shoulde
           be
           sweet
           ,
           or
           prepared
           ,
           &
           mingled
           with
           things
           that
           are
           pleasing
           and
           sweet
           .
        
         
           The
           sauour
           that
           is
           sweet
           ,
           as
           of
           honnie
           ,
           
           or
           of
           sweet
           wine
           ,
           doth
           delight
           the
           tongue
           ,
           because
           such
           a
           sauour
           is
           ayrie
           ,
           &
           agreeing
           with
           
           our
           fleshe
           and
           bloode
           ,
           proper
           also
           to
           nourishment
           ,
           temperate
           both
           in
           heate
           and
           drought
           :
           for
           ,
           (
           as
           is
           already
           sayd
           )
           it
           is
           needfull
           that
           the
           nourishment
           be
           sweet
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           tempered
           with
           sweetnes
           ,
           because
           sweet
           viands
           &
           drinks
           ,
           doe
           mollifie
           and
           fill
           the
           parts
           which
           are
           dry
           &
           vacant
           .
        
         
           
           But
           notwithstanding
           ,
           such
           things
           as
           are
           exceeding
           sweet
           ,
           as
           Suger
           and
           honie
           ,
           doe
           abounde
           in
           their
           ayrie
           heate
           ,
           and
           very
           easilie
           enflame
           and
           conuert
           into
           choller
           :
           therefore
           such
           as
           vse
           Suger
           and
           
           honie
           too
           often
           ,
           or
           aboundantly
           ,
           it
           ingenders
           in
           thē
           strong
           choler
           ,
           &
           putrifactions
           also
           ,
           onely
           by
           the
           abounding
           of
           humours
           .
           
           The
           sauour
           which
           is
           neerest
           to
           this
           before
           named
           ,
           is
           the
           fat
           and
           marrovvie
           ,
           which
           is
           not
           so
           hott
           as
           the
           former
           :
           such
           is
           the
           sauour
           of
           butter
           ,
           oyle
           ,
           and
           flesh
           .
        
         
           A
           meane
           in
           vsage
           of
           thē
           is
           good
           ,
           for
           thinges
           which
           are
           ouer
           fattie
           ,
           do
           hurt
           much
           :
           because
           they
           will
           floate
           vpō
           the
           stomacke
           ,
           offend
           and
           hinder
           digestion
           ,
           and
           also
           doe
           engender
           oppilations
           .
        
         
         
           
           These
           two
           sauors
           are
           most
           agreeable
           to
           nature
           ,
           and
           delight
           the
           tast
           of
           a
           healthfull
           person
           .
           For
           ,
           euen
           as
           the
           hand
           glads
           it selfe
           ,
           at
           the
           entrance
           into
           luke-warme
           water
           ,
           beeing
           made
           temperate
           in
           his
           heate
           :
           so
           the
           taste
           delights
           it selfe
           in
           thinges
           sweet
           and
           fatty
           ,
           because
           they
           are
           indeed
           temperately
           hotte
           ,
           like
           vnto
           the
           blood
           and
           flesh
           ,
           &
           also
           doe
           procure
           delectation
           ,
           in
           that
           they
           agree
           in
           temperature
           with
           nature
           .
        
         
           
           The
           sauour
           which
           wee
           call
           bitter
           ,
           is
           properly
           contrarie
           to
           the
           
           sweete
           ,
           and
           is
           a
           sauour
           that
           frets
           ,
           makes
           hoarse
           and
           bites
           the
           tongue
           ,
           &
           is
           of
           an
           earthy
           nature
           or
           complexion
           ,
           which
           beeing
           thick
           also
           ,
           hath
           naturally
           in
           it
           an
           excesse
           of
           heat
           in
           drines
           :
           as
           is
           the
           taste
           of
           wormwood
           and
           Aloes
           ,
           and
           therefore
           thinges
           ouer
           bitter
           ,
           doe
           neuer
           nourish
           .
        
         
           The
           sauour
           strong
           and
           ardent
           ,
           
           differs
           frō
           the
           bitter
           ,
           for
           not
           onely
           doth
           it
           wring
           ,
           byte
           ,
           and
           teare
           the
           tongue
           :
           but
           also
           it
           burnes
           and
           chaps
           it
           ,
           which
           penetrates
           &
           enters
           by
           heating
           and
           drying
           extreamely
           :
           
           This
           sauour
           exceeds
           the
           bitter
           in
           hotnes
           ,
           and
           such
           is
           the
           taste
           of
           Pepper
           ,
           Ginger
           ,
           Sneesing-woorte
           ,
           Garlick
           and
           Onions
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           a
           sauour
           called
           sower
           ,
           drawing
           on
           sharpnes
           ,
           
           which
           in
           returning
           backe
           becommeth
           cold
           ,
           whereby
           it
           flagges
           &
           weakens
           the
           tongue
           much
           :
           vvhich
           sauour
           is
           both
           colde
           &
           dry
           ,
           neuerthelesse
           it
           exceedeth
           most
           in
           coldnes
           ,
           and
           such
           is
           the
           sauour
           of
           Sorrell
           .
        
         
           The
           sauour
           of
           vineger
           is
           not
           altogether
           so
           ,
           for
           ,
           as
           it
           retaines
           some
           obscure
           and
           weak
           heat
           ,
           
           so
           is
           it
           also
           some-vvhat
           strong
           ,
           and
           yet
           therein
           is
           coldnes
           most
           ;
           For
           ,
           when
           the
           ayrie
           partes
           thereof
           are
           cast
           foorth
           ,
           it
           remaines
           earthie
           in
           some
           chillie
           humour
           .
        
         
           Hence
           is
           it
           naturallie
           receiued
           ,
           
           that
           sharpest
           thinges
           doe
           giue
           most
           appetite
           :
           because
           they
           deiect
           the
           superfluous
           humours
           ,
           gathered
           before
           together
           at
           the
           entrance
           of
           the
           ventricle
           ,
           onely
           by
           byting
           ,
           without
           any
           burning
           .
           So
           doth
           Sorrel
           seem
           good
           for
           such
           as
           haue
           a
           Feauer
           ,
           not
           onely
           because
           it
           casts
           out
           &
           discharges
           the
           ayrie
           superfluities
           ,
           
           but
           likewise
           ,
           by
           reason
           it
           moderates
           the
           heate
           chollerick
           .
        
         
           The
           sauour
           called
           greene
           ,
           
           which
           setts
           the
           teeth
           an
           edge
           ,
           shuts
           vp
           and
           drawes
           backe
           the
           tongue
           :
           Wherefore
           it
           hath
           the
           power
           to
           collect
           ,
           thicken
           ,
           and
           bind
           fast
           ,
           being
           of
           an
           earthy
           nature
           ,
           crude
           ,
           cold
           ,
           &
           dry
           ,
           therefore
           it
           differs
           from
           the
           precedent
           sauour
           ,
           because
           the
           former
           is
           of
           a
           subtile
           nature
           ,
           and
           this
           other
           is
           thickning
           :
           of
           such
           tast
           are
           Medlars
           and
           other
           greene
           fruites
           ,
           before
           they
           are
           come
           to
           theyr
           maturitie
           ,
           for
           whē
           they
           
           are
           ripe
           ,
           they
           haue
           a
           commixed
           sauour
           ,
           as
           mingled
           both
           vvith
           sweetnes
           &
           greenenes
           .
           
           There
           are
           other
           sauors
           besides
           these
           ,
           as
           that
           which
           is
           termed
           rude
           ,
           &
           sharpe
           too
           ,
           that
           softly
           dries
           &
           hardens
           the
           tongue
           ,
           yet
           neyther
           wrests
           nor
           binds
           it
           ,
           like
           the
           precedent
           taste
           :
           in
           nature
           it
           is
           earthy
           ,
           massiue
           ,
           cold
           and
           dry
           ,
           neuerthelesse
           ,
           more
           hotte
           and
           moist
           then
           the
           other
           .
        
         
           Galen
           saith
           ,
           that
           this
           rellish
           is
           good
           in
           wine
           ,
           for
           wines
           of
           this
           taste
           ,
           doe
           naturally
           shutte
           vp
           and
           dry
           the
           ventricle
           ,
           
           casting
           fumes
           of
           small
           heat
           vp
           to
           the
           braine
           .
        
         
           The
           salt
           sauor
           makes
           not
           any
           retyring
           of
           the
           tongue
           ,
           
           but
           it
           whets
           it
           by
           washing
           and
           drying
           it
           ,
           for
           salt
           guardeth
           frō
           putrifactions
           ,
           because
           it
           thinneth
           and
           drieth
           the
           parts
           seuerally
           ,
           perfecting
           all
           the
           humidities
           ;
           wherfore
           salt
           hardneth
           soft
           flesh
           ,
           and
           softneth
           hard
           :
           for
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           soft
           it
           consumeth
           all
           superfluitie
           of
           humour
           ,
           so
           in
           the
           harde
           it
           attenuates
           and
           softens
           the
           parts
           ,
           making
           the
           more
           mild
           and
           daintie
           ,
           beeing
           of
           an
           earthy
           nature
           ,
           thick
           ,
           hotte
           ,
           and
           dry
           .
        
         
         
           Some
           things
           are
           said
           to
           be
           without
           sauour
           ,
           
           because
           in
           thē
           are
           not
           to
           be
           foūd
           any
           of
           these
           natures
           before
           expressed
           .
        
         
           The
           sence
           of
           Touching
           ,
           
           is
           that
           whereby
           we
           discerne
           the
           foure
           chiefest
           qualities
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           heat
           ,
           cold
           ,
           drought
           and
           moistnes
           .
           The
           organe
           of
           this
           ,
           is
           not
           in
           any
           sole
           or
           alone
           part
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           but
           is
           like
           a
           thin
           skinne
           or
           neruie
           caule
           ,
           which
           is
           spredde
           ouer
           the
           whole
           bodie
           ,
           vnder
           the
           vppermost
           skinne
           ,
           taking
           his
           originall
           from
           the
           braine
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           mouth
           of
           
           the
           chine
           bone
           in
           the
           backe
           .
           The
           most
           subtile
           nerues
           ,
           doe
           make
           the
           most
           sensible
           parts
           ,
           as
           are
           those
           nerues
           that
           descend
           into
           the
           purse
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           ventricle
           .
           
           The
           benefite
           of
           this
           sence
           is
           apparent
           ,
           for
           a
           man
           delights
           when
           hee
           is
           hotte
           ,
           to
           touch
           coole
           things
           ,
           &
           the
           coldest
           parts
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           take
           pleasure
           in
           touching
           thinges
           that
           are
           warme
           .
        
         
           The
           interiour
           sence
           is
           a
           power
           working
           by
           organes
           ,
           
           seated
           within
           the
           brows
           or
           forehead
           ,
           appointed
           for
           knowledge
           and
           vnderstanding
           ,
           
           excelling
           all
           the
           exteriour
           sences
           .
           For
           if
           wee
           should
           apprehend
           onely
           the
           things
           ,
           which
           offer
           and
           present
           them selues
           before
           vs
           ,
           without
           discerning
           or
           making
           any
           iudgement
           of
           them
           ,
           it
           would
           profite
           vs
           but
           very
           little
           :
           For
           ,
           what
           auailes
           it
           to
           looke
           on
           black
           and
           white
           ,
           &
           not
           to
           discerne
           or
           seuerally
           distinguish
           them
           ?
           Therfore
           the
           sence
           interiour
           is
           very
           behouefull
           ,
           
           to
           make
           discretion
           and
           dijudication
           of
           things
           ,
           by
           their
           seuerall
           causes
           &
           effects
           :
           as
           the
           horse
           ,
           accustomed
           to
           passe
           by
           the
           way
           where
           
           hee
           hath
           once
           falne
           ,
           growes
           afraid
           of
           falling
           there
           againe
           ,
           this
           hath
           thē
           some
           power
           aboue
           the
           outwarde
           sences
           ,
           whereof
           we
           shal
           come
           to
           speake
           hereafter
           .
        
         
           
           Aristotle
           nūbers
           the
           sences
           interiour
           ,
           to
           bee
           two
           :
           to
           wit
           ,
           the
           Sence
           common
           ,
           and
           Memorie
           .
        
         
           
           Galen
           puts
           another
           to
           these
           two
           ,
           called
           Cogitation
           ,
           so
           hee
           accounts
           thē
           to
           be
           three
           .
        
         
           
           There
           be
           others
           that
           name
           fiue
           inward
           Sences
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           the
           Sence
           common
           ,
           
           which
           receiues
           the
           images
           and
           apparitions
           of
           thinges
           
           presented
           to
           the
           outward
           sence
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           
           the
           sence
           Imaginatiue
           ,
           which
           discernes
           the
           actions
           of
           each
           one
           of
           the
           exteriour
           sences
           .
        
         
           Thirdly
           ,
           
           the
           sence
           Estimatiue
           ,
           which
           by
           one
           thing
           iudgeth
           another
           :
           as
           a
           horse
           ,
           when
           one
           strokes
           or
           clapps
           him
           ,
           conceiues
           that
           he
           takes
           pleasure
           in
           him
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           sence
           is
           called
           Deliberation
           or
           Cogitation
           ,
           
           which
           gathers
           (
           frō
           furthest
           off
           )
           the
           causes
           of
           thinges
           :
           these
           doe
           conferre
           and
           make
           iudgement
           ,
           after
           knowledge
           is
           receiued
           ,
           
           what
           difference
           and
           agreement
           hath
           beene
           betweene
           them
           ,
           which
           vertues
           and
           effects
           only
           they
           haue
           .
        
         
           
           Our
           eternall
           GOD
           ,
           hath
           by
           his
           (
           prouidēce
           )
           enstamped
           in
           his
           creatures
           ,
           a
           moouing
           meruailous
           ,
           to
           search
           and
           seeke
           after
           thinges
           necessarie
           for
           conseruation
           of
           their
           liues
           ,
           and
           remedies
           likewise
           for
           their
           diseases
           :
           as
           Serpents
           that
           seeke
           after
           Fennell
           ,
           for
           clearing
           of
           theyr
           eyes
           ,
           or
           young
           Asses
           that
           search
           for
           the
           hearbe
           Ceterach
           ,
           to
           allay
           theyr
           melanchollie
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Serpent
           or
           Snake
           ,
           
           beeing
           willing
           to
           meet
           or
           company
           with
           the
           Fish
           called
           a
           Lamprey
           ,
           begins
           to
           hisse
           or
           whistle
           ,
           to
           procure
           her
           cōming
           ,
           and
           perceiuing
           that
           she
           comes
           ,
           to
           meet
           and
           bee
           sociable
           vvith
           him
           ,
           he
           casts
           his
           venim
           on
           the
           grauell
           ,
           as
           fearing
           to
           engender
           (
           of
           her
           )
           by
           venim
           or
           corruption
           :
           but
           when
           he
           hath
           ended
           ,
           he
           returnes
           againe
           to
           seeke
           his
           venim
           ,
           which
           if
           hee
           finde
           not
           ,
           he
           dies
           with
           griefe
           ,
           for
           hauing
           lost
           his
           armes
           or
           weapons
           .
        
         
           Now
           ,
           albeit
           that
           they
           doe
           these
           thinges
           naturally
           ,
           
           yet
           wee
           may
           notwithstāding
           iudge
           ,
           
           that
           they
           haue
           herein
           some
           kinde
           of
           deliberation
           :
           as
           we
           may
           note
           for
           example
           in
           a
           dogge
           ,
           that
           knowes
           his
           owne
           maister
           amongst
           a
           huge
           croude
           of
           people
           .
        
         
           A
           Foxe
           ,
           a
           Cat
           ,
           a
           Lyon
           ,
           and
           other
           beastes
           ,
           which
           haue
           been
           seene
           to
           doe
           admirable
           acts
           :
           and
           as
           for
           Swallowes
           &
           Bees
           ,
           although
           they
           performe
           very
           meruailous
           workes
           ,
           yet
           for
           all
           that
           ,
           they
           haue
           much
           lesse
           cogitation
           then
           they
           afore-named
           .
        
         
           
           The
           fift
           interiour
           sence
           ,
           is
           Memory
           .
           The
           
           organe
           of
           the
           sence
           cōmon
           ,
           
           is
           two
           ventricles
           at
           the
           doore
           or
           entrāce
           of
           the
           braine
           :
           as
           much
           to
           say
           ,
           as
           vvhen
           the
           nerues
           of
           the
           sence
           exteriour
           ,
           doe
           carry
           their
           spirits
           in
           their
           concauities
           or
           ventricles
           ,
           then
           afterward
           do
           these
           spirits
           imprint
           or
           stampe
           the
           shapes
           and
           images
           of
           things
           in
           the
           braine
           :
           and
           thus
           the
           sence
           interiour
           workes
           his
           actions
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           certain
           that
           there
           be
           many
           powers
           in
           the
           inward
           sences
           :
           for
           ,
           
           a
           man
           may
           loose
           memorie
           ,
           without
           any
           detriment
           to
           estimation
           :
           
           moreouer
           ,
           when
           estimation
           is
           wounded
           ,
           thē
           medicine
           or
           remedie
           is
           applied
           to
           the
           forepart
           of
           the
           heade
           ,
           but
           when
           memory
           is
           weakened
           ,
           then
           helpe
           is
           giuen
           to
           the
           head
           behind
           .
        
         
           Cogitation
           hath
           his
           organe
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           these
           two
           ventricles
           or
           concauities
           ,
           
           which
           are
           before
           in
           the
           head
           ,
           and
           this
           power
           is
           more
           excellent
           to
           some
           ,
           then
           others
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           better
           composing
           of
           their
           heads
           :
           as
           wee
           see
           some
           more
           sudden
           and
           quick
           in
           inuenting
           any
           thing
           ,
           then
           others
           are
           .
           Some
           also
           wil
           diuine
           &
           
           iudge
           more
           certainly
           of
           a
           proposed
           case
           ,
           
           then
           others
           :
           as
           Salomon
           so
           readily
           perceiued
           that
           the
           woman
           lyed
           ,
           who
           would
           haue
           the
           infant
           deuided
           in
           twaine
           ,
           and
           distributed
           to
           her
           and
           the
           aduerse
           partie
           by
           halfes
           ,
           for
           he
           conferred
           the
           affectiō
           of
           the
           mother
           indeede
           ,
           with
           the
           other
           parties
           ,
           vvhich
           was
           nothing
           at
           all
           vnto
           the
           child
           .
        
         
           The
           organe
           of
           Memorie
           is
           behinde
           in
           the
           brain
           ,
           
           which
           part
           hath
           lesse
           humiditie
           thē
           before
           ,
           and
           is
           more
           apt
           to
           conserue
           the
           images
           &
           shapes
           of
           things
           .
        
         
         
           
           A
           braine
           too
           moyst
           ,
           doth
           easily
           apprehend
           thinges
           ,
           but
           suddenly
           forgets
           them
           againe
           :
           wheras
           ,
           the
           braine
           that
           is
           harder
           ,
           apprehends
           more
           difficultly
           ,
           but
           retaineth
           longer
           .
        
         
           Cold
           and
           drinesse
           of
           the
           brain
           ,
           is
           a
           very
           pernicious
           thing
           for
           memorie
           :
           wherefore
           it
           is
           saide
           ,
           that
           lubricitie
           is
           a
           plague
           ,
           which
           spends
           all
           humour
           naturall
           in
           a
           man
           or
           woman
           ,
           and
           most
           certaine
           is
           it
           ,
           that
           age
           then
           comes
           ,
           when
           naturall
           heate
           &
           natiue
           humiditie
           do
           most
           decline
           .
        
         
           The
           power
           appetente
           ,
           
           is
           that
           wherby
           we
           pursue
           or
           flie
           those
           thinges
           which
           present
           themselues
           before
           vs
           :
           This
           power
           is
           called
           
             sensitiue
             appetite
          
           ,
           vvhereby
           all
           our
           affections
           ,
           do
           pursue
           what
           we
           haue
           apprehended
           by
           the
           exteriour
           sence
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           one
           kind
           of
           appetence
           or
           desiring
           ,
           
           which
           begets
           it selfe
           by
           touching
           ,
           and
           is
           one
           while
           tearmed
           griefe
           ,
           another
           while
           delectation
           :
           the
           other
           is
           made
           without
           touching
           :
           &
           so
           ensues
           cogitation
           ,
           or
           moouing
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           whereby
           wee
           followe
           vvhat
           is
           offered
           ,
           and
           
           which
           cogitation
           (
           be
           it
           true
           or
           false
           )
           shewes
           what
           is
           most
           conuenient
           for
           nature
           ,
           or
           makes
           vs
           shun
           the
           things
           that
           are
           not
           conuenable
           :
           so
           that
           naturally
           wee
           may
           perceiue
           it
           cannot
           bee
           otherwise
           ,
           but
           that
           the
           thing
           presented
           to
           the
           eye
           ,
           must
           bee
           from
           it
           a
           sufficient
           distaunce
           ,
           or
           else
           it
           is
           not
           seene
           ,
           neyther
           can
           the
           Nerues
           doe
           theyr
           delighting
           functions
           ,
           but
           in
           touching
           those
           thinges
           agreeing
           with
           nature
           ,
           vvhereas
           contrariwise
           ,
           those
           things
           which
           are
           disagreeable
           ,
           breaking
           and
           hurting
           the
           parts
           ,
           
           must
           needes
           bee
           yrkesome
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           very
           painfull
           .
        
         
           True
           it
           is
           ,
           
           that
           the
           motiue
           power
           may
           be
           restrained
           by
           the
           will
           ,
           for
           ,
           if
           wee
           please
           ,
           vvee
           may
           shut
           our
           eyes
           ,
           and
           thē
           vve
           can
           behold
           nothing
           at
           all
           :
           but
           vvhile
           the
           eye
           is
           open
           ,
           and
           at
           libertie
           ,
           distant
           frō
           his
           obiect
           by
           a
           sufficient
           space
           ,
           it
           cannot
           but
           receiue
           the
           image
           thereof
           ;
           therefore
           such
           as
           haue
           saide
           ,
           that
           griefes
           are
           oppinions
           ,
           
           which
           come
           and
           goe
           according
           to
           imagination
           ,
           haue
           spoken
           against
           manifest
           and
           vniuersall
           
           experience
           .
        
         
           
           There
           be
           foure
           principall
           affections
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           ioy
           ,
           feare
           ,
           hope
           ,
           and
           hate
           ,
           whereunto
           are
           reduced
           loue
           ,
           greefe
           ,
           enuie
           ,
           iealosie
           and
           others
           .
           And
           surely
           it
           is
           a
           meruailous
           thing
           ,
           that
           so
           soone
           as
           a
           man
           hath
           knowledge
           of
           a
           thing
           pleasing
           or
           offensiue
           :
           the
           hart
           moues
           it selfe
           ,
           and
           likewise
           the
           spirits
           and
           humors
           of
           the
           bodie
           .
        
         
           
           As
           in
           anger
           ,
           the
           hart
           (
           as
           rising
           to
           reuendge
           himselfe
           )
           labours
           and
           beates
           ,
           &
           then
           the
           spirits
           beeing
           chafed
           ,
           doe
           heat
           the
           blood
           ,
           and
           the
           
           actions
           of
           the
           members
           are
           troubled
           ,
           by
           the
           suddaine
           moouing
           of
           the
           spirits
           and
           confusion
           of
           the
           blood
           :
           but
           especially
           in
           rage
           or
           anger
           ,
           the
           braine
           is
           hurt
           by
           the
           bloode
           ,
           and
           the
           spirits
           inflamed
           or
           ouer-heated
           ,
           doe
           mount
           thether
           ,
           by
           fiering
           the
           nerues
           and
           substaunce
           of
           the
           braine
           ▪
           vvhich
           causeth
           a
           shaking
           or
           trembling
           in
           the
           heade
           ,
           by
           vehement
           and
           suddaine
           mouing
           ,
           as
           also
           a
           present
           fiering
           of
           the
           eyes
           ,
           &
           all
           the
           face
           becommeth
           as
           burning
           :
           therefore
           ,
           by
           ouer
           vehement
           anger
           ,
           are
           frenzies
           
           ingendered
           ,
           &
           oftentimes
           Apoplexies
           .
        
         
           
           Homer
           saith
           ,
           that
           anger
           is
           sweeter
           thē
           milk
           ,
           as
           meaning
           ,
           that
           a
           man
           takes
           great
           pleasure
           ,
           whē
           he
           may
           reuendge
           himself
           ,
           as
           he
           that
           loues
           ardently
           ,
           is
           buried
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           in
           ioy
           ,
           when
           hee
           hath
           the
           iouissaunce
           of
           the
           thing
           by
           him
           beloued
           .
           
           Feare
           is
           a
           moouing
           of
           the
           hart
           or
           affection
           ,
           vvhereby
           the
           hart
           shuttes
           vp
           it selfe
           ,
           as
           flying
           and
           shunning
           euill
           to
           happen
           ,
           and
           this
           affection
           agrees
           with
           greefe
           :
           for
           albeit
           the
           harme
           or
           euil
           is
           not
           yet
           present
           ,
           neuerthelesse
           
           it
           is
           woūded
           therby
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           instant
           .
           In
           like
           maner
           ,
           
           in
           griefe
           or
           sadnes
           ,
           the
           hart
           (
           as
           beeing
           pressed
           downe
           &
           close
           shut
           )
           is
           weakened
           ,
           by
           drying
           &
           languishing
           ,
           for
           not
           hauing
           the
           libertie
           of
           the
           spirits
           :
           wherefore
           ,
           if
           it
           continue
           long
           in
           this
           estate
           ,
           it
           prepares
           the
           death
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           because
           the
           spirits
           ,
           by
           their
           long
           pining
           and
           consumption
           ,
           can
           giue
           no
           further
           help
           or
           succour
           to
           it
           :
           beholde
           vvhat
           great
           hurt
           ensues
           by
           greefe
           and
           sadnes
           .
        
         
           Loue
           is
           a
           mouing
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           
           whereby
           wee
           
           desire
           some
           thing
           ,
           be
           it
           truly
           good
           ,
           or
           but
           in
           apparance
           only
           .
           In
           this
           mouing
           ,
           the
           hart
           doth
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           leap
           &
           flie
           ,
           striuing
           to
           attract
           that
           thing
           vnto
           it
           ,
           onelie
           to
           enioy
           it
           :
           Hope
           dooth
           best
           of
           all
           agree
           vvith
           this
           affection
           ,
           but
           yet
           she
           is
           more
           vehement
           .
        
         
           
           Hate
           is
           a
           kind
           of
           cōstant
           &
           permanent
           anger
           :
           and
           anger
           &
           hate
           are
           contrary
           to
           loue
           .
        
         
           
           Shame
           is
           a
           motion
           ,
           whereby
           a
           man
           despiseth
           and
           growes
           agreeued
           at
           himselfe
           ,
           for
           som
           faulte
           or
           turpitude
           by
           him
           committed
           .
        
         
           
           Mercie
           is
           a
           greefe
           
           which
           a
           man
           takes
           for
           the
           paines
           ,
           miseries
           or
           aduersities
           of
           another
           .
        
         
           Enuie
           is
           a
           sorrowe
           of
           one
           man
           ,
           at
           the
           good
           ,
           
           cōmoditie
           ,
           or
           aduancement
           of
           another
           .
        
         
           Iealosie
           is
           a
           mouing
           ,
           
           mingled
           with
           loue
           and
           anger
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           vvhen
           a
           man
           loues
           some
           thing
           ▪
           and
           growes
           displeased
           against
           such
           ,
           as
           doe
           harme
           ,
           dishonor
           ,
           or
           ill
           to
           the
           thing
           he
           loueth
           :
           as
           the
           prophet
           Helias
           ,
           louing
           the
           honor
           proper
           to
           God
           ,
           grewe
           offended
           at
           the
           misbelieuers
           .
           
           So
           should
           a
           king
           or
           gouernour
           of
           a
           coūtry
           ,
           bee
           inflamed
           with
           
           the
           loue
           of
           iustice
           ,
           the
           profit
           ,
           honour
           and
           aduantage
           of
           honest
           people
           :
           contrariwise
           ,
           hee
           ought
           to
           despise
           the
           wicked
           ,
           vngracious
           ,
           seditious
           ,
           and
           disturbers
           of
           peace
           ,
           loyalty
           ,
           and
           publique
           truth
           .
        
         
           
           There
           is
           another
           affection
           ,
           which
           hath
           no
           name
           neither
           in
           Latine
           nor
           French
           ,
           &
           it
           is
           cōtrary
           to
           iealosie
           :
           that
           is
           ,
           when
           one
           desires
           the
           losse
           and
           ouerthrow
           of
           the
           good
           ,
           and
           the
           exaltation
           of
           hypocrites
           ,
           lyers
           ,
           and
           seditious
           persons
           ,
           such
           as
           were
           Nero
           ,
           Tymon
           ,
           &
           (
           it
           may
           be
           )
           others
           of
           like
           qualitie
           
           now
           in
           these
           times
           .
        
         
           Ioy
           is
           a
           moouing
           ,
           
           wherby
           the
           hart
           dilates
           it selfe
           ,
           &
           sweetly
           takes
           pleasure
           at
           present
           good
           :
           it
           disposeth
           it selfe
           in
           hope
           ,
           to
           receiue
           a
           future
           good
           .
        
         
           Some
           of
           these
           affections
           are
           good
           and
           agreeable
           to
           GOD
           :
           
           as
           are
           honest
           loue
           of
           thy
           neighbour
           ,
           of
           thy
           children
           ,
           thy
           wife
           and
           thy
           country
           :
           iealosie
           of
           the
           honour
           and
           glorie
           of
           God
           :
           desire
           for
           the
           aduauncement
           of
           vertuous
           people
           :
           feare
           of
           the
           anger
           and
           iudgements
           of
           God
           :
           hatred
           of
           Tyrants
           ,
           seditious
           &
           
           dissolute
           disturbers
           of
           publique
           peace
           :
           hope
           and
           cōfidence
           in
           God
           in
           all
           afflictions
           whatsoeuer
           ,
           beeing
           assured
           that
           he
           sees
           vs
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           will
           still
           haue
           compassion
           on
           vs.
           
        
         
           
           The
           other
           are
           vicious
           ,
           as
           enuie
           ,
           hate
           ,
           and
           those
           beside
           ,
           vvhich
           trouble
           the
           peace
           of
           humaine
           communication
           ,
           and
           are
           the
           paines
           or
           penalties
           of
           the
           first
           fault
           ,
           dispersed
           ouer
           all
           mankinde
           :
           the
           meane
           or
           moderation
           of
           them
           is
           very
           necessary
           ,
           for
           the
           cōseruation
           of
           humaine
           societie
           ,
           beeing
           the
           onely
           butte
           &
           aime
           
           of
           morall
           phylosophie
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           ciuill
           lawes
           in
           generall
           .
        
         
           And
           certainly
           ,
           
           neyther
           can
           this
           societie
           or
           religiō
           be
           maintained
           ,
           except
           we
           refraine
           frō
           auarice
           ,
           hate
           ,
           and
           other
           such
           like
           vicious
           affections
           ,
           which
           horriblie
           doe
           deforme
           nature
           in
           this
           part
           ,
           it
           remaines
           then
           to
           support
           thys
           part
           with
           all
           diligence
           and
           respect
           .
        
         
           The
           organe
           or
           seat
           of
           thys
           power
           ,
           is
           the
           hart
           ,
           
           &
           not
           any
           part
           of
           the
           braine
           at
           all
           ,
           for
           oftentimes
           a
           man
           shal
           desire
           what
           hee
           knowes
           to
           be
           ill
           :
           as
           Ouid
           saide
           of
           
           Medea
           :
           
             I
             see
             &
             approue
             the
             good
             ,
             but
             I
             doe
             the
             euill
             .
          
           And
           S.
           Paule
           :
           
             I
             see
             another
             lawe
             in
             my
             members
          
           :
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           hart
           ,
           
             repugnant
             to
             the
             lawe
             of
             my
             vnderstanding
             ,
             &
             it
             holdeth
             me
             in
             captiuitie
             ,
             vnder
             the
             law
             of
             sin
             and
             death
             :
          
           and
           many
           other
           things
           (
           to
           like
           effect
           )
           in
           his
           Epistle
           to
           the
           Romanies
           .
           In
           briefe
           ,
           very
           often
           is
           iudgement
           reprooued
           by
           affection
           ,
           whereby
           then
           it
           is
           most
           cleere
           &
           euident
           ,
           that
           our
           affections
           are
           not
           in
           the
           braine
           ,
           where
           indeede
           is
           the
           certaine
           knowledge
           of
           thinges
           .
        
         
         
           In
           this
           sort
           disputes
           Galen
           ,
           
           and
           by
           the
           same
           reason
           it
           is
           apparant
           ,
           that
           affections
           are
           not
           oppiniōs
           ,
           as
           the
           Stoicks
           held
           and
           esteemed
           thē
           to
           be
           .
        
         
           That
           the
           affections
           are
           not
           of
           the
           liuer
           nor
           the
           other
           parts
           ,
           
           where
           the
           naturall
           appetentions
           are
           ,
           of
           eating
           and
           drinking
           ,
           it
           is
           manifest
           :
           for
           ,
           the
           affections
           can
           easilie
           appease
           themselus
           ,
           or
           vse
           some
           kinde
           of
           moderation
           ,
           apprehending
           the
           same
           by
           reason
           ,
           and
           demonstrations
           :
           but
           the
           naturall
           appetites
           ,
           as
           to
           eate
           or
           drinke
           ,
           will
           not
           
           be
           guided
           by
           any
           reason
           :
           for
           ,
           as
           Homer
           saith
           ,
           there
           is
           nothing
           more
           impressing
           or
           continually
           vrging
           ,
           
           then
           the
           belly
           ,
           especially
           when
           it
           is
           hungry
           :
           for
           it
           compells
           vs
           to
           be
           mindfull
           thereof
           ,
           although
           vve
           had
           no
           care
           thereof
           at
           all
           ,
           and
           albeit
           wee
           had
           neuer
           so
           many
           other
           things
           to
           doe
           .
        
         
           Seeing
           then
           that
           our
           affections
           haue
           theyr
           seate
           ,
           neyther
           in
           the
           braine
           ,
           nor
           in
           those
           parts
           where
           the
           organe
           is
           of
           the
           power
           vegetatiue
           :
           we
           must
           cōclude
           thē
           ,
           that
           they
           are
           in
           the
           hart
           ,
           for
           the
           hart
           is
           iocond
           
           and
           merry
           in
           ioy
           ,
           mirth
           ,
           loue
           ,
           and
           hope
           ,
           but
           in
           greefe
           ,
           anger
           ,
           feare
           ,
           hate
           ,
           &
           such
           like
           ,
           it
           is
           wearie
           ,
           and
           much
           troubled
           .
        
         
           The
           holie
           Scripture
           saith
           ,
           
           that
           a
           man
           ought
           to
           loue
           God
           with
           al
           his
           hart
           ,
           as
           much
           to
           say
           ,
           as
           by
           the
           affection
           to
           receiue
           the
           fruition
           :
           to
           pursue
           this
           loue
           in
           cheerefulnesse
           of
           hart
           ,
           desiring
           to
           please
           him
           ,
           and
           in
           truth
           (
           without
           feigning
           )
           to
           embrace
           ,
           franckly
           entertaine
           ,
           &
           fulfill
           his
           Lawes
           ,
           trusting
           in
           him
           ,
           &
           expecting
           health
           onely
           from
           him
           :
           heereto
           are
           reduced
           
           the
           commaundements
           of
           the
           first
           Table
           .
           
           Now
           because
           those
           works
           &
           labors
           which
           God
           commaundes
           vs
           ,
           ought
           to
           be
           done
           of
           vs
           in
           cleannes
           of
           hart
           ,
           not
           hipocritically
           ,
           or
           vvith
           dissembling
           :
           wee
           will
           speake
           a
           little
           thereof
           heere
           in
           this
           place
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           commaundement
           dooth
           strictlie
           charge
           vs
           ,
           
           to
           stande
           in
           awe
           and
           feare
           of
           God
           :
           wherby
           we
           may
           assure
           our selues
           without
           any
           doubting
           ,
           that
           hee
           is
           a
           God
           ,
           to
           whom
           we
           owe
           obedience
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           punisheth
           the
           faultes
           ,
           offences
           ,
           excesses
           and
           
           malices
           of
           men
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           expresseth
           ,
           
           how
           iealous
           hee
           is
           of
           his
           honour
           ,
           that
           hee
           will
           haue
           no
           partner
           or
           competitour
           in
           his
           honour
           ,
           much
           lesse
           anie
           attribute
           at
           all
           to
           be
           giuen
           to
           stocks
           or
           stones
           ,
           images
           ,
           or
           inuentions
           of
           mens
           idle
           braines
           :
           the
           penalties
           of
           such
           offences
           are
           therin
           described
           ,
           &
           to
           what
           generations
           it
           in
           iustice
           extendeth
           ,
           vvee
           ought
           then
           to
           be
           most
           careful
           of
           his
           honour
           &
           glory
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           ,
           
           chargeth
           vs
           to
           doe
           all
           honor
           and
           reuerence
           to
           the
           Name
           of
           God
           ,
           &
           it
           is
           the
           exteriour
           
           honor
           which
           is
           contained
           in
           this
           commaundement
           ,
           wherby
           we
           are
           enioyned
           :
           that
           with
           great
           heede
           ,
           wisedome
           and
           feare
           ,
           wee
           should
           take
           care
           of
           an
           oath
           ,
           for
           affirmation
           of
           any
           thing
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           most
           certain
           ,
           that
           God
           hath
           an
           eye
           on
           all
           our
           dooings
           ,
           and
           that
           hee
           wil
           seuerely
           punish
           our
           iniquities
           .
        
         
           So
           then
           wee
           shoulde
           affirme
           truth
           in
           an
           oths
           taking
           ,
           and
           desire
           him
           to
           punish
           vs
           iustly
           ,
           if
           we
           sweare
           not
           truly
           ,
           or
           if
           wee
           doe
           beguile
           and
           deceiue
           any
           one
           :
           hereby
           also
           wee
           are
           taught
           ,
           
           to
           detest
           and
           holde
           as
           horrid
           ,
           all
           blasphemies
           &
           speeches
           ,
           which
           are
           contrary
           to
           Christian
           religion
           ,
           and
           so
           it
           is
           cōmaunded
           in
           the
           inuocation
           on
           God.
           
        
         
           The
           fourth
           cōmaundement
           ,
           
           consisteth
           in
           the
           obseruation
           of
           ceremonies
           and
           duties
           ,
           thereto
           belonging
           ,
           as
           also
           in
           their
           diligent
           regarding
           :
           according
           to
           our
           entraunce
           into
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           of
           which
           knowledge
           they
           are
           visible
           signes
           ,
           exciting
           vs
           to
           obseruaunce
           of
           true
           religion
           .
           Then
           the
           true
           performing
           of
           the
           commaundements
           
           in
           the
           first
           Table
           ,
           is
           true
           feare
           of
           God
           ,
           
           certaine
           trust
           in
           his
           mercy
           ,
           obedience
           to
           all
           his
           commaundements
           ,
           explication
           and
           publication
           of
           his
           doctrine
           ,
           inuocation
           for
           his
           ayde
           and
           propitiation
           ,
           giuing
           of
           thankes
           ,
           praise
           of
           his
           Name
           &
           glory
           ,
           for
           the
           creation
           ,
           conseruation
           ,
           &
           manutention
           of
           nature
           ,
           beeing
           his
           ovvne
           worke
           ,
           created
           ,
           conserued
           ,
           furnished
           ,
           prouided
           and
           maintained
           by
           him
           :
           behold
           heere
           the
           lawes
           of
           the
           first
           table
           .
        
         
           
           In
           the
           second
           Table
           ,
           is
           contained
           necessarie
           precepts
           for
           our
           owne
           
           pollitique
           societie
           :
           for
           ,
           first
           of
           all
           ,
           such
           a
           state
           cannot
           be
           rightly
           maintained
           ,
           except
           there
           be
           a
           kinde
           of
           degree
           and
           order
           obserued
           among
           men
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           that
           whereof
           Aristotle
           speakes
           in
           his
           Pollitiques
           ,
           
           there
           are
           some
           naturally
           free
           ,
           &
           others
           as
           seruaunts
           :
           as
           much
           to
           say
           ,
           as
           that
           some
           haue
           (
           by
           the
           gift
           of
           GOD
           bestowed
           on
           nature
           )
           more
           light
           of
           vnderstāding
           ,
           &
           more
           purity
           of
           affections
           ,
           thē
           others
           can
           reach
           vnto
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           guide
           and
           guarde
           by
           edicts
           ,
           lawes
           &
           statutes
           ,
           
           the
           affaires
           &
           negotiations
           of
           thys
           lyfe
           .
           Such
           were
           the
           ancient
           law-makers
           ,
           Pretors
           ,
           &
           Iurisconsults
           ,
           who
           left
           vnto
           vs
           so
           many
           prouident
           lawes
           ,
           gathered
           by
           certaine
           demonstrations
           ,
           of
           the
           cleerenesse
           and
           light
           ,
           which
           God
           had
           infused
           and
           placed
           in
           their
           vnderstanding
           ,
           as
           also
           theyr
           sincere
           loue
           &
           iealosie
           ,
           for
           the
           tranquility
           of
           publique
           peace
           :
           
           
             Which
             Lawes
          
           ,
           (
           saith
           S.
           Paule
           )
           
             beeing
             written
             in
             our
             harts
             and
             consciences
             ,
             woulde
             giue
             vs
             testimonie
             of
             them
             .
          
           
        
         
           Such
           personages
           thē
           ought
           to
           be
           honoured
           ,
           
           as
           ,
           holding
           the
           bridle
           of
           authority
           ,
           do
           tame
           rude
           seruaunts
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           such
           as
           cannot
           cleerelie
           iudge
           of
           thinges
           :
           or
           (
           thorowe
           their
           inordinate
           affections
           )
           do
           perpetrate
           crimes
           ,
           &
           commit
           offence
           to
           the
           ciuil
           bodie
           ,
           or
           to
           the
           honors
           or
           goods
           of
           others
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           two
           manner
           of
           gouernments
           ,
           
           one
           is
           ,
           to
           force
           &
           compell
           the
           rebellious
           contemners
           of
           honestie
           :
           like
           vnto
           a
           maister
           ,
           who
           constraines
           his
           seruant
           (
           willing
           or
           vnwilling
           )
           to
           doe
           his
           dutie
           ,
           without
           any
           refusall
           or
           contradiction
           .
        
         
         
           
           The
           other
           manner
           of
           gouernment
           ,
           is
           pollitique
           and
           ciuil
           ,
           as
           when
           without
           compulsion
           ,
           a
           man
           freely
           dooth
           the
           acts
           of
           honestie
           ,
           holding
           in
           horrour
           and
           abhomination
           ,
           all
           wickednes
           and
           turpitude
           :
           namelie
           ,
           when
           a
           man
           in
           reason
           is
           perswaded
           ,
           that
           it
           ought
           to
           be
           so
           :
           as
           Pericles
           ,
           
           who
           by
           honest
           reason
           &
           speeches
           guided
           the
           Athenian
           Common-wealth
           :
           or
           as
           a
           holy
           &
           wise
           Preacher
           gouerneth
           his
           cōgregation
           and
           church
           .
           
           In
           this
           multitude
           ,
           euerie
           one
           haue
           their
           seuerall
           affections
           ,
           some
           ,
           
           sudden
           inordinate
           mouings
           ,
           and
           directlie
           repugnant
           to
           vertue
           :
           but
           then
           by
           perswasion
           ,
           which
           a
           man
           perceiues
           to
           be
           vsed
           ,
           of
           the
           hurt
           &
           inconuenience
           that
           may
           thereon
           ensue
           ,
           as
           well
           publiquely
           as
           priuately
           ;
           they
           are
           made
           more
           moderate
           ,
           and
           faultes
           remitted
           .
        
         
           God
           hath
           stamped
           in
           vs
           ,
           
           the
           image
           and
           forme
           of
           either
           of
           these
           maners
           of
           gouerment
           .
           Reason
           &
           iudgement
           well
           and
           truly
           conceiuing
           thinges
           ,
           fore-sees
           the
           commodities
           and
           disprofit
           of
           al
           enterprises
           whatsoeuer
           ,
           exciting
           
           or
           restraining
           ,
           and
           accordingly
           moderates
           the
           affections
           of
           the
           hart
           :
           and
           this
           manner
           will
           hold
           out
           very
           well
           ,
           if
           daily
           our
           affections
           be
           managed
           by
           sound
           iudgement
           .
        
         
           
           But
           because
           (
           in
           thys
           case
           )
           nature
           being
           disrancked
           and
           made
           vnrulie
           ,
           by
           the
           first
           offence
           cast
           generallie
           on
           all
           ,
           the
           affections
           are
           not
           moderated
           by
           iudgement
           ,
           deliberation
           ,
           
           or
           honest
           councell
           :
           the
           will
           ,
           as
           mistresse
           of
           the
           affections
           ,
           forbids
           the
           
             motiue
             power
          
           ,
           that
           shee
           transport
           not
           the
           members
           ,
           to
           perpetrate
           
           vnreasonable
           or
           pernicious
           things
           .
           As
           a
           man
           hauing
           a
           Feuer
           ,
           affects
           to
           drinke
           inordinately
           :
           but
           yet
           the
           will
           checks
           the
           hande
           ,
           that
           it
           shall
           not
           approche
           to
           the
           cup
           or
           glasse
           .
        
         
           Thus
           see
           we
           two
           direct
           formes
           of
           gouernment
           ,
           
           the
           one
           (
           to
           hold
           back
           the
           rebellious
           insulters
           )
           in
           theyr
           office
           :
           and
           the
           other
           ,
           by
           sweet
           exhortations
           and
           reasons
           ,
           drawne
           from
           the
           rule
           of
           vnderstanding
           ,
           to
           guide
           the
           obedient
           ,
           and
           sway
           their
           actions
           to
           publique
           profit
           and
           honour
           .
        
         
           Concerning
           the
           offices
           
           we
           owe
           by
           dutie
           to
           our
           parents
           ,
           
           we
           haue
           a
           most
           cleere
           example
           in
           nature
           :
           as
           we
           may
           easily
           see
           in
           the
           young
           Storkes
           ,
           who
           whē
           they
           attaine
           to
           strength
           and
           age
           ,
           doe
           nourish
           &
           assist
           their
           fathers
           &
           mothers
           .
        
         
           The
           following
           commaundements
           ,
           forbid
           to
           doe
           iniury
           or
           harme
           to
           the
           bodies
           of
           one
           an
           other
           .
           
           Man
           is
           created
           to
           be
           sociable
           &
           communicatiue
           ,
           as
           is
           shewē
           vs
           by
           our
           procreation
           ,
           carefull
           nourishment
           ▪
           and
           dilligent
           regard
           of
           our
           propagation
           :
           but
           the
           principall
           ende
           of
           
           this
           societie
           ,
           is
           for
           our
           ioynt
           instruction
           ,
           and
           erudition
           together
           in
           the
           lawe
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           al
           laudible
           actions
           whatsoeuer
           .
        
         
           And
           because
           improuident
           and
           ill
           aduised
           men
           ,
           
           haue
           neede
           of
           directours
           ,
           therefore
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           our
           cōmunitie
           might
           continue
           sound
           &
           intire
           :
           the
           obstinate
           &
           stifnecked
           are
           to
           be
           exempted
           ,
           &
           for
           that
           cause
           were
           paines
           and
           corrections
           by
           lawes
           instituted
           .
        
         
           Againe
           ,
           
           in
           this
           vnbrideled
           communication
           and
           nature
           ,
           the
           auarice
           and
           greedines
           of
           
           the
           wicked
           ,
           negligent
           and
           slothful
           is
           so
           great
           ,
           as
           they
           will
           not
           permit
           any
           one
           to
           liue
           in
           equalitie
           or
           proportion
           :
           and
           therefore
           the
           deuision
           of
           possessions
           was
           thought
           necessarie
           for
           ,
           if
           all
           shoulde
           bee
           common
           ,
           then
           the
           idle
           ,
           negligent
           and
           carelesse
           wretches
           ,
           woulde
           in
           short
           while
           deuoure
           all
           the
           riches
           of
           the
           industrious
           and
           dilligent
           :
           
           for
           this
           cause
           therefore
           was
           cōmitting
           of
           theft
           forbidden
           .
        
         
           Notwithstanding
           ,
           because
           that
           men
           should
           haue
           dealings
           one
           with
           another
           ,
           it
           behooued
           
           that
           the
           communication
           of
           theyr
           goods
           and
           labors
           ,
           should
           be
           made
           by
           certaine
           measure
           &
           reasons
           :
           for
           ,
           an
           vnequall
           communication
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           when
           the
           price
           or
           recompence
           shal
           be
           ouer-exceeding
           ,
           or
           else
           of
           too
           light
           or
           little
           value
           ;
           such
           entercourse
           among
           men
           ,
           
           cannot
           be
           long
           maintained
           :
           heereupon
           ensued
           iustice
           ,
           which
           renders
           to
           euery
           one
           his
           rightfull
           proportion
           ,
           in
           dealing
           &
           contracting
           thus
           one
           with
           another
           .
        
         
           More-ouer
           ,
           our
           accords
           ,
           contracts
           ,
           transactions
           ,
           cōfederations
           ,
           
           &
           appointments
           made
           by
           voluntarie
           agreements
           ,
           
           are
           to
           be
           kept
           :
           for
           ,
           without
           truth
           ,
           fidelitie
           &
           loyaltie
           of
           promise
           in
           our
           contracts
           ,
           humaine
           conuersation
           can
           neuer
           be
           cōtinued
           .
           Marke
           then
           howe
           nature
           desires
           conseruation
           of
           her selfe
           .
        
         
           
           In
           eating
           and
           drinking
           ,
           temperance
           must
           be
           obserued
           :
           for
           ,
           intēperaunce
           corrupts
           nature
           ,
           and
           inordinate
           lubricitie
           spoyles
           the
           sanctified
           combination
           of
           marriage
           ,
           troubles
           titles
           of
           succession
           ,
           wardshippes
           ,
           cases
           of
           dowrie
           ,
           &
           al
           pollitique
           
           order
           ,
           all
           which
           are
           indeede
           most
           pernitious
           woundes
           to
           pollitique
           and
           discreete
           societie
           .
        
         
           Thus
           see
           we
           the
           law
           to
           agree
           with
           nature
           ,
           
           which
           first
           of
           all
           established
           Religion
           ,
           afterward
           constituted
           Magistrates
           ,
           thē
           they
           deuised
           to
           ordaine
           lawes
           ,
           for
           defence
           of
           such
           as
           were
           oppressed
           either
           in
           goods
           or
           bodie
           :
           cōmaunding
           honor
           to
           be
           giuen
           to
           men
           of
           worth
           and
           desert
           ,
           and
           they
           to
           be
           committed
           to
           al
           politique
           functions
           ,
           by
           certaine
           ▪
           formes
           and
           lawes
           .
           So
           grew
           establishing
           of
           mariages
           ,
           and
           
           perfect
           discerning
           of
           possessions
           ,
           as
           also
           iust
           orders
           and
           degrees
           of
           correction
           for
           all
           loose
           wantons
           ,
           ouer-daring
           resisters
           ,
           and
           wilful
           cōtemners
           of
           the
           lawes
           .
        
         
           Assuredly
           ,
           the
           principall
           and
           chiefest
           causes
           of
           these
           lawes
           ,
           
           are
           euen
           thēselues
           the
           voice
           and
           sentence
           of
           nature
           restored
           ,
           &
           reformed
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           :
           the
           actions
           of
           the
           light
           of
           vnderstanding
           ,
           ordered
           by
           the
           very
           purest
           :
           and
           sincerest
           braines
           ,
           illumined
           and
           renued
           by
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           ;
           doe
           declare
           in
           what
           estate
           this
           life
           is
           guided
           and
           
           gouerned
           ,
           and
           the
           prescriptions
           in
           the
           Decalogue
           apointed
           ,
           which
           expresse
           to
           the
           very
           life
           ,
           the
           forme
           of
           liuing
           according
           to
           the
           integritie
           of
           nature
           .
        
         
           Nowe
           to
           returne
           to
           the
           poynt
           of
           the
           harts
           moouing
           ,
           
           there
           are
           two
           sorts
           of
           moouing
           :
           one
           is
           called
           the
           pulse
           ,
           whē
           the
           spirits
           engendred
           at
           the
           hart
           ,
           moue
           the
           same
           ,
           by
           meanes
           of
           the
           organes
           thereto
           deputed
           by
           nature
           ,
           and
           likewise
           when
           by
           dilatation
           or
           cōtraction
           of
           his
           ventricles
           ,
           the
           arteries
           driuen
           forward
           by
           the
           subtile
           spirits
           within
           
           them
           ,
           doe
           conuay
           &
           administer
           heate
           thorow
           all
           the
           body
           .
        
         
           Novve
           ,
           albeit
           these
           thinges
           are
           very
           admirable
           ,
           yet
           notwithstanding
           ,
           the
           affections
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           mouers
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           (
           as
           we
           haue
           heeretofore
           saide
           ,
           )
           are
           worthy
           of
           farre
           greater
           and
           much
           more
           admiration
           .
        
         
           
           The
           hart
           dilated
           or
           shut
           vp
           ,
           mooueth
           also
           by
           diuersitie
           of
           humours
           :
           as
           in
           anger
           ,
           it
           is
           mooued
           by
           the
           chollerick
           humour
           :
           in
           ioy
           it
           is
           mooued
           by
           the
           verie
           sweetest
           blood
           ,
           and
           sends
           the
           same
           (
           as
           witnesse
           )
           
           to
           the
           exteriour
           parts
           .
           In
           feare
           ,
           it
           calls
           it selfe
           backward
           ,
           &
           in
           griefe
           it
           is
           trobled
           with
           the
           humour
           of
           mellanchollie
           .
        
         
           Doubtlesse
           ,
           in
           these
           motions
           of
           diuers
           humours
           ,
           are
           fumes
           and
           risings
           vp
           of
           diuers
           cōplexions
           :
           nor
           is
           it
           anie
           easie
           matter
           to
           cōprehend
           the
           causes
           of
           these
           moouings
           ,
           or
           the
           coūsell
           of
           God
           in
           these
           their
           natural
           functions
           .
           
           The
           efficient
           causes
           of
           these
           affections
           ,
           are
           in
           vs
           interiourly
           the
           hart
           ,
           and
           exteriourly
           the
           things
           which
           offer
           thēselues
           vnto
           vs
           ,
           eyther
           
           pleasing
           or
           offensiue
           :
           but
           it
           is
           necessarie
           that
           knowledge
           shold
           preceede
           affection
           ,
           for
           ,
           as
           one
           saith
           :
           no
           man
           euer
           desired
           ,
           what
           hee
           had
           not
           first
           knowledge
           of
           .
        
         
           Ye
           haue
           the
           very
           like
           combination
           betweene
           the
           powers
           of
           nature
           ,
           
           and
           that
           the
           motions
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           doe
           iustly
           answer
           to
           the
           knowledge
           which
           a
           man
           hath
           of
           any
           thing
           :
           but
           there
           is
           a
           difference
           in
           the
           complections
           or
           temperatures
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           &
           the
           spirits
           ,
           and
           the
           bloods
           present
           beeing
           ,
           for
           ,
           the
           hart
           beeing
           hotte
           and
           dry
           ,
           is
           the
           sooner
           kindled
           ,
           
           whereon
           wee
           see
           some
           more
           suddenly
           to
           bee
           enflamed
           with
           anger
           ,
           then
           others
           are
           ,
           &
           the
           moouings
           of
           the
           hart
           &
           the
           spirits
           ,
           moueth
           the
           blood
           (
           not
           euer-more
           )
           after
           one
           kinde
           ,
           but
           diuersly
           ,
           and
           according
           to
           the
           diuersitie
           of
           the
           affections
           .
        
         
           Therefore
           in
           griefe
           or
           sadnesse
           ,
           
           the
           hart
           being
           shruncke
           vp
           and
           crowded
           together
           ,
           the
           blood
           runnes
           to
           him
           ,
           as
           willing
           to
           helpe
           him
           :
           and
           this
           is
           the
           reason
           ,
           why
           men
           or
           vvomen
           (
           being
           sad
           ,
           agreeued
           ,
           or
           fearefull
           )
           are
           pale
           ,
           meager
           ,
           and
           ill
           complexioned
           
           or
           colloured
           .
        
         
           In
           ioy
           or
           anger
           ,
           the
           hart
           dilates
           it selfe
           ,
           
           and
           sends
           his
           bloode
           to
           the
           parts
           exteriour
           :
           therefore
           because
           in
           anger
           the
           hart
           is
           enflamed
           ,
           it
           mooueth
           redd
           choller
           ,
           which
           spreading
           it selfe
           ouerprodigally
           abroad
           ,
           infecteth
           all
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           blood
           .
        
         
           And
           if
           it
           continue
           long
           in
           that
           heat
           ,
           it
           becommeth
           blacke
           ,
           and
           seething
           strongly
           ,
           dries
           vp
           and
           burnes
           ,
           whereby
           oftentimes
           it
           happens
           that
           some
           becom
           frantique
           ,
           mad
           and
           desperate
           .
        
         
           Those
           men
           that
           abound
           
           in
           mellancholy
           ,
           
           mingled
           with
           red
           choller
           :
           are
           enuious
           ,
           full
           of
           ill
           will
           ,
           and
           of
           verie
           strange
           and
           hard
           conditions
           .
        
         
           Sanguine
           men
           are
           ioyous
           ,
           
           delightfull
           and
           pleasant
           ,
           by
           the
           aboundance
           and
           cleerenes
           of
           their
           blood
           ,
           for
           the
           spirits
           in
           them
           are
           pure
           &
           full
           of
           rich
           splendour
           .
        
         
           The
           phlegmatick
           are
           dull
           ,
           remisse
           ,
           
           sleepie
           &
           heauie
           :
           because
           theyr
           blood
           is
           thin
           ,
           &
           theyr
           spirits
           scant
           warme
           .
        
         
           The
           mellancholick
           ,
           are
           properly
           sadde
           and
           fearefull
           ,
           because
           theyr
           blood
           is
           troubled
           ,
           thick
           
           and
           colde
           ,
           their
           spirits
           likewise
           impure
           ,
           grosse
           ,
           and
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           full
           of
           darknes
           .
        
         
           
           The
           very
           same
           societie
           is
           there
           of
           the
           body
           with
           the
           soule
           ,
           and
           her
           effects
           doe
           aunswer
           to
           these
           humours
           .
        
         
           In
           griefe
           or
           sadnesse
           ,
           the
           hart
           shuts
           it selfe
           ,
           &
           drawing
           backward
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           attracts
           the
           humour
           of
           mellanchollie
           to
           the
           spleene
           ,
           vvhich
           spreading
           it selfe
           sometimes
           on
           either
           side
           the
           body
           ,
           engenders
           diseases
           in
           the
           sides
           ,
           as
           plurisies
           ,
           and
           other
           verie
           dangerous
           obstructions
           :
           which
           wee
           see
           to
           
           happen
           to
           such
           as
           are
           long
           time
           in
           sadnesse
           ,
           meditating
           on
           nothing
           but
           matter
           of
           griefe
           &
           offence
           :
           I
           haue
           heere-to-fore
           experimented
           this
           hurtfull
           humour
           in
           my
           owne
           selfe
           ,
           &
           therfore
           can
           the
           better
           speake
           it
           .
        
         
           The
           proper
           causes
           thē
           of
           these
           affections
           ,
           
           are
           the
           things
           whereto
           a
           man
           finds
           himselfe
           &
           his
           cogitation
           most
           applied
           :
           and
           the
           hart
           being
           suddenly
           mooued
           ,
           ioyning
           and
           following
           the
           knowledge
           of
           those
           thinges
           ,
           dooth
           in
           like
           maner
           apprehend
           thē
           .
           It
           is
           very
           cleere
           concerning
           
           anger
           and
           griefe
           ,
           that
           they
           haue
           theyr
           cause
           inwardlie
           in
           the
           hart
           ,
           and
           the
           exteriour
           is
           the
           knowledge
           of
           some
           outward
           offensiue
           thine
           .
        
         
           So
           of
           loue
           in
           like
           maner
           ,
           for
           all
           such
           as
           are
           of
           right
           iudgement
           ,
           loue
           vertue
           and
           honestie
           :
           as
           Scipio
           loued
           honour
           grounded
           on
           vertue
           ,
           and
           the
           beautie
           thereof
           in
           others
           ,
           mooued
           him
           to
           attempt
           deedes
           of
           high
           prowesse
           ,
           and
           (
           oftentimes
           )
           very
           difficult
           enterprises
           Euen
           so
           ,
           people
           excelling
           in
           vertue
           ,
           doe
           deerely
           loue
           together
           ,
           
           for
           the
           conuenaunce
           and
           naturall
           similitude
           that
           is
           between
           them
           :
           
           For
           euery
           one
           (
           sayth
           Aristotle
           )
           loueth
           his
           like
           ;
           &
           truly
           good
           affections
           (
           saith
           hee
           )
           are
           causes
           of
           great
           profit
           &
           commoditie
           ,
           and
           are
           as
           pricks
           and
           spurres
           enciting
           to
           vertue
           .
        
         
           Plato
           saith
           ,
           
           that
           anger
           is
           as
           the
           nerue
           of
           the
           soule
           ,
           by
           loosing
           or
           with-drawing
           wherof
           ,
           vertue
           is
           exercised
           .
        
         
           Seeing
           thē
           that
           there
           is
           in
           nature
           ,
           certaine
           organes
           and
           parts
           proper
           to
           her
           actions
           ,
           and
           certaine
           humours
           vvhich
           serue
           necessarily
           to
           thē
           ,
           
           it
           behoueth
           ,
           that
           some
           of
           thē
           should
           be
           voide
           of
           vice
           or
           offence
           :
           for
           euen
           as
           the
           light
           in
           the
           eye
           ,
           is
           the
           gift
           of
           God
           to
           nature
           ,
           
           euen
           so
           are
           good
           affectiōs
           diuinely
           inspired
           ,
           vvhich
           prouoke
           and
           incite
           vs
           to
           what-soeuer
           is
           good
           &
           honest
           :
           as
           to
           loue
           our
           children
           ,
           hate
           sin
           ,
           disorder
           ,
           tirannie
           ,
           force
           ,
           violence
           and
           all
           turpitude
           .
        
         
           
           The
           saying
           of
           Aristotle
           is
           very
           good
           ,
           whē
           he
           saith
           ,
           that
           a
           vertuous
           man
           vseth
           anger
           ,
           as
           a
           Captaine
           doth
           a
           souldiour
           :
           for
           it
           is
           most
           euident
           ,
           that
           our
           actions
           
           would
           be
           cold
           and
           remisse
           ,
           if
           loue
           of
           honestie
           ,
           &
           hate
           of
           vice
           did
           not
           seuerallie
           incite
           &
           moue
           vs.
           In
           al
           respects
           like
           vnto
           a
           ship
           ,
           which
           hauing
           no
           winde
           ,
           goes
           slowly
           and
           softly
           :
           euen
           so
           were
           we
           ,
           if
           wee
           had
           no
           good
           affections
           ,
           for
           thē
           our
           actions
           would
           be
           lame
           ,
           slowe
           ,
           and
           of
           slender
           effect
           .
           
           If
           nature
           were
           not
           corrupted
           in
           vs
           ,
           wee
           should
           haue
           very
           good
           &
           excellent
           moouings
           ,
           and
           no
           vices
           at
           all
           remaining
           in
           vs
           :
           but
           the
           order
           &
           harmonie
           of
           nature
           beeing
           troubled
           ,
           makes
           bad
           affections
           
           to
           arise
           in
           vs
           ,
           and
           such
           as
           are
           repugnant
           to
           honestie
           ,
           which
           boldly
           do
           surmount
           ,
           &
           ouer-goe
           those
           that
           are
           good
           ,
           abastardizing
           ,
           and
           quite
           ouer-throwing
           them
           .
        
         
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           in
           all
           times
           ,
           and
           in
           all
           countries
           ,
           in
           changes
           of
           cōmon
           weales
           ,
           there
           hath
           euer-more
           beene
           reserued
           some
           heroyick
           natures
           ,
           exceeding
           those
           of
           common
           course
           ,
           hauing
           motions
           farre
           purer
           ,
           and
           of
           much
           greater
           excellence
           then
           the
           vulgare
           .
        
         
           
           The
           repairer
           of
           nature
           ,
           our
           Lorde
           Iesus
           Christ
           ,
           had
           in
           him
           most
           
           true
           &
           pure
           affections
           :
           as
           when
           he
           threwe
           the
           Merchants
           out
           of
           the
           Temple
           ,
           
           onely
           for
           iealosie
           hee
           had
           of
           the
           place
           ,
           as
           also
           the
           honor
           and
           worship
           of
           God
           ,
           contemning
           the
           misbeleeuers
           ,
           vvho
           had
           polluted
           the
           place
           of
           veneration
           ,
           inuocation
           and
           holy
           sacrifice
           .
           
           In
           the
           resurrection
           of
           Lazarus
           ,
           he
           shewed
           great
           heauines
           ,
           whē
           he
           wept
           ,
           as
           beeing
           greatly
           mooued
           in
           spirit
           :
           In
           loue
           ,
           wherby
           he
           commaunded
           ,
           
           that
           they
           shoulde
           permit
           little
           children
           to
           come
           vnto
           him
           :
           In
           compassion
           ,
           which
           he
           
           had
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           that
           had
           followed
           him
           in
           the
           desert
           and
           vnfruitfull
           places
           :
           
           And
           how
           many
           times
           is
           the
           word
           of
           mercie
           vsed
           ,
           repeated
           &
           inculqued
           in
           the
           Scripture
           ?
        
         
           There
           is
           great
           differēce
           between
           the
           good
           affections
           of
           Christians
           ,
           
           and
           those
           in
           Infidels
           :
           for
           Christians
           acknowledge
           this
           puritie
           of
           motion
           ,
           to
           be
           repaired
           in
           thē
           ,
           onely
           by
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           ,
           &
           cheerfully
           (
           for
           loue
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           dreade
           of
           his
           displeasure
           )
           do
           ordaine
           in
           their
           gouernmēts
           ,
           good
           and
           honest
           lawes
           ,
           referring
           
           theyr
           actions
           to
           the
           glory
           of
           GOD
           :
           as
           did
           the
           Prophets
           Esay
           &
           Ieremie
           ,
           who
           knew
           that
           God
           would
           haue
           Common-weales
           to
           be
           gouerned
           by
           holy
           laws
           ,
           and
           all
           wicked
           confederatiōs
           to
           be
           cast
           out
           .
           The
           other
           ,
           
           (
           as
           Cicero
           )
           acknowledge
           not
           at
           al
           ,
           that
           Magistrates
           are
           ordained
           of
           God
           ,
           but
           doe
           build
           vppon
           their
           owne
           wisedome
           &
           power
           ,
           not
           attributing
           any
           honour
           to
           God
           ,
           but
           onely
           to
           them-selues
           :
           wherefore
           these
           motions
           may
           bee
           thought
           good
           ,
           yet
           are
           (
           by
           accident
           )
           euill
           to
           vnbeleeuers
           ,
           
           because
           they
           are
           not
           ordered
           ,
           nor
           ruled
           by
           the
           knowledge
           and
           loue
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           In
           this
           place
           ,
           after
           our
           passed
           speech
           of
           the
           affections
           ,
           vvhich
           are
           actions
           and
           moouings
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           knowledges
           comming
           to
           it
           by
           the
           sences
           :
           me
           thinkes
           it
           shoulde
           not
           differ
           much
           frō
           our
           purpose
           ,
           to
           speak
           some-what
           of
           concupiscence
           remayning
           in
           vs
           ,
           
           whereby
           we
           may
           vnderstand
           many
           disputations
           of
           Saint
           Paule
           ,
           the
           estate
           of
           our
           owne
           nature
           ,
           and
           the
           great
           domage
           or
           detriment
           
           that
           comes
           to
           vs
           by
           originall
           transgression
           .
        
         
           The
           worde
           Concupiscence
           ,
           
           according
           as
           it
           seemes
           to
           mee
           (
           yet
           yeelding
           still
           to
           better
           iudgement
           )
           signifies
           ,
           not
           onely
           a
           mouing
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           wherby
           a
           man
           desires
           earnestly
           &
           beyond
           measure
           ,
           some
           thing
           that
           may
           be
           pretended
           for
           profit
           or
           plesure
           ,
           as
           to
           eat
           ,
           drink
           ,
           or
           commit
           follie
           :
           but
           likewise
           it
           is
           a
           priuation
           &
           defect
           of
           light
           in
           the
           vnderstanding
           ,
           whereof
           ensueth
           ignoraunce
           of
           God
           and
           his
           wil
           ,
           vntrueths
           ,
           boldnes
           to
           encounter
           
           with
           any
           of
           his
           inhibitions
           ,
           fayling
           in
           fayth
           and
           loue
           towards
           him
           ,
           as
           also
           diffidence
           in
           his
           gracious
           promises
           .
        
         
           
           Likewise
           ,
           the
           same
           word
           imports
           an
           error
           in
           the
           will
           ,
           as
           disobedience
           and
           contempt
           of
           the
           commaundements
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           
           In
           these
           obscurities
           ,
           our
           vnderstanding
           loueth
           and
           conceiueth
           great
           admiratiō
           of
           him selfe
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           ovvne
           wisedom
           ,
           wexing
           bold
           to
           feigne
           oppinions
           of
           God
           ,
           &
           to
           apprehend
           thē
           after
           his
           own
           pleasure
           ,
           wherby
           afterward
           
           it
           falls
           into
           some
           narrow
           distresse
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           girded
           vp
           with
           feare
           &
           terrour
           ,
           insulting
           oftentimes
           beyond
           all
           obedience
           .
        
         
           Of
           these
           euills
           complained
           S.
           Paule
           ,
           when
           hee
           saide
           :
           
           
             Miserable
             wretch
             that
             J
             am
             ,
             who
             shall
             deliuer
             me
             from
             this
             bodie
             ,
             so
             subiect
             to
             darknesse
             and
             death
             ?
          
           Afterward
           he
           aunswers
           ,
           
           
             The
             grace
             of
             GOD
             by
             Jesus
             Christ.
             
          
        
         
           The
           word
           then
           signifies
           not
           onely
           an
           action
           sensuall
           ,
           but
           likewise
           a
           vice
           &
           defect
           in
           the
           vnderstanding
           and
           will
           ,
           by
           which
           insueth
           
           infinite
           multitudes
           of
           mishaps
           .
           So
           dooth
           the
           Scripture
           call
           the
           harts
           endeuours
           ,
           
           because
           the
           mouing
           and
           agitation
           of
           the
           hart
           ,
           is
           cōioyned
           with
           the
           will.
           
        
         
           Assuredly
           ,
           if
           nature
           had
           continued
           in
           her
           puritie
           ,
           
           the
           knovvledge
           of
           GOD
           would
           haue
           been
           cleere
           in
           our
           vnderstanding
           ▪
           whereto
           the
           will
           had
           franckly
           obeyed
           ,
           but
           nowe
           is
           hindered
           only
           through
           her
           obscurity
           .
        
         
           
           The
           hart
           &
           wil
           haue
           moouings
           distort
           ,
           and
           contrarie
           to
           God
           :
           for
           the
           will
           (
           without
           the
           feare
           of
           God
           and
           trust
           
           in
           him
           )
           loues
           himselfe
           ,
           seeks
           safety
           in
           himselfe
           ,
           trusts
           in
           his
           owne
           dilligence
           ,
           delights
           in
           his
           owne
           wisedome
           :
           for
           a
           man
           would
           be
           honoured
           and
           esteemed
           ,
           and
           feares
           more
           the
           reproches
           or
           blames
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           then
           of
           GOD
           his
           Creator
           .
        
         
           The
           very
           like
           agitations
           doe
           sway
           the
           hart
           ,
           the
           sensuall
           motions
           draw
           the
           will
           vnto
           thē
           ,
           as
           much
           to
           say
           ,
           as
           when
           the
           hart
           loues
           the
           voluptuous
           pleasures
           of
           the
           sences
           ,
           which
           are
           prohibited
           ,
           or
           when
           a
           man
           hates
           his
           neighbour
           ,
           flatly
           against
           the
           
           lawe
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           To
           this
           effect
           spake
           our
           Sauiour
           ;
           
           
             That
             out
             of
             the
             hart
             proceeded
             euill
             cogitations
             ,
             thefts
             ,
             blasphemies
             ,
             murders
             ,
             adulteries
             ,
             lies
             ,
          
           and
           such
           like
           other
           crimes
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           then
           it
           appeares
           most
           certainely
           ,
           
           that
           by
           the
           hart
           is
           signified
           the
           vnderstanding
           and
           will
           :
           as
           vvhen
           the
           hart
           takes
           pleasure
           in
           false
           oppinions
           ,
           and
           such
           imaginations
           as
           are
           contrary
           to
           the
           honour
           &
           glory
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           
           The
           consideration
           of
           these
           thinges
           ,
           shoulde
           check
           the
           pride
           &
           presumption
           reigning
           in
           
           vs
           ,
           and
           induce
           vs
           to
           obedience
           ,
           by
           often
           and
           feruent
           prayer
           to
           God
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           renue
           in
           vs
           the
           cleere
           ,
           pure
           and
           sincere
           light
           of
           our
           vnderstanding
           :
           that
           hee
           woulde
           likewise
           make
           cleane
           our
           harts
           ,
           and
           plant
           therein
           none
           but
           good
           affections
           .
        
         
           As
           Dauid
           desired
           of
           God
           ,
           
             A
             cleane
             hart
             ,
             &
             a
             right
             spirit
             .
          
           And
           Saint
           Paule
           ,
           who
           said
           :
           
             That
             Iesus
             Christ
             onely
             reformes
             the
             cleerenesse
             of
             our
             vnderstanding
             ,
             and
             conformes
             the
             body
             to
             his
             brightnesse
             .
          
        
         
           The
           Motiue
           power
           ,
           
           is
           that
           whereby
           the
           bodie
           
           and
           his
           parts
           ,
           are
           transported
           from
           one
           place
           to
           another
           :
           the
           organes
           ,
           are
           the
           nerues
           ,
           the
           muscles
           ,
           and
           the
           cords
           of
           the
           members
           .
        
         
           
           Alexander
           Aphrodisianus
           saith
           ,
           that
           the
           soule
           is
           the
           cause
           of
           the
           bodies
           moouing
           ,
           as
           weight
           is
           the
           cause
           why
           a
           stone
           falls
           downeward
           .
        
         
           
           This
           moouing
           is
           deuided
           into
           two
           kindes
           ,
           naturall
           ,
           and
           voluntarie
           .
        
         
           The
           naturall
           ,
           neyther
           beginnes
           or
           ceasseth
           ,
           according
           to
           our
           imagination
           and
           pleasure
           ,
           nor
           can
           it
           be
           otherwise
           ,
           
           but
           as
           when
           an
           obiect
           is
           presented
           ,
           thē
           it
           is
           afterward
           pursued
           :
           as
           the
           ventricle
           ,
           vvhich
           drawes
           the
           receiued
           foode
           to
           it
           ,
           &
           the
           hart
           attracts
           the
           spirits
           ,
           eyther
           suddenly
           ,
           or
           softly
           .
        
         
           The
           voluntary
           moouing
           ,
           both
           begins
           and
           ends
           at
           our
           owne
           pleasure
           ,
           &
           that
           is
           the
           property
           of
           this
           power
           :
           as
           is
           the
           seuerall
           mouings
           of
           our
           parts
           ,
           going
           ,
           rūning
           ,
           swimming
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           another
           cōmixed
           moouing
           ,
           
           beeing
           partly
           naturall
           ,
           and
           partly
           voluntary
           :
           as
           is
           the
           moouing
           of
           the
           
           brest
           or
           stomack
           .
           The
           benefit
           of
           this
           power
           is
           easily
           discerned
           :
           For
           thereby
           we
           seeke
           what
           is
           necessary
           for
           our
           cōseruation
           ,
           and
           shunne
           what
           we
           imagine
           therto
           contrary
           .
        
         
           It
           remaines
           to
           speak
           of
           the
           intellectuall
           power
           ,
           
           whereof
           S.
           Augustine
           makes
           an
           accommodation
           to
           the
           Trinitie
           .
        
         
           The
           memorie
           ,
           (
           saith
           hee
           )
           forming
           the
           intellection
           ,
           represents
           the
           Father
           :
           the
           intellection
           represents
           the
           Sonne
           :
           and
           the
           will
           ,
           the
           holie
           Ghost
           .
           For
           the
           Father
           ,
           considering
           &
           knowing
           
           himselfe
           ,
           begot
           the
           Sonne
           ;
           and
           the
           holie
           Ghost
           is
           the
           agitation
           proceeding
           of
           the
           Father
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Son.
           
        
         
           This
           is
           the
           povver
           whereby
           wee
           know
           ,
           
           receiue
           ,
           iudge
           and
           discerne
           ,
           hauing
           in
           it
           the
           beginning
           of
           Artes
           :
           heereto
           likewise
           is
           action
           riciprocall
           for
           therby
           our
           actions
           are
           seen
           and
           iudged
           .
        
         
           This
           power
           differs
           frō
           the
           sensitiue
           :
           
           for
           the
           sensitiue
           takes
           knovvledge
           but
           of
           things
           peculiare
           and
           singulerly
           ,
           but
           this
           other
           cōceiues
           ,
           and
           apprehends
           both
           singuler
           &
           vniuersallie
           .
        
         
         
           
           The
           obiect
           of
           thys
           power
           ,
           is
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           whole
           vniuersalitie
           of
           things
           ,
           as
           well
           celestiall
           as
           elementarie
           .
        
         
           The
           offices
           of
           thys
           power
           ,
           
           are
           to
           vnderstand
           &
           forme
           in
           him selfe
           ,
           the
           images
           &
           representations
           of
           things
           ,
           to
           retaine
           ,
           and
           conferre
           them
           together
           :
           thē
           afterward
           ,
           to
           see
           ,
           what
           agreement
           &
           what
           difference
           is
           between
           thē
           .
        
         
           The
           organes
           of
           this
           power
           ,
           
           are
           the
           interior
           sences
           ,
           wherof
           we
           haue
           discoursed
           already
           .
           Plato
           saith
           ,
           that
           as
           the
           seale
           imprinteth
           on
           the
           wax
           ,
           so
           (
           by
           meanes
           of
           the
           
           spirits
           )
           are
           the
           shapes
           of
           thinges
           imprinted
           in
           the
           braine
           .
           But
           this
           is
           the
           matter
           most
           meruailous
           of
           all
           ,
           that
           we
           should
           retaine
           so
           great
           a
           multitude
           ,
           and
           seueral
           diuersities
           of
           things
           ,
           &
           likewise
           for
           so
           long
           a
           time
           :
           but
           the
           reason
           thereof
           can
           neuer
           bee
           well
           or
           sufficiently
           expressed
           .
        
         
           Wherfore
           ,
           
           seeing
           by
           our
           actions
           our
           life
           is
           guided
           ,
           we
           should
           pray
           vnto
           GOD
           ,
           that
           hee
           would
           take
           pittie
           vpon
           our
           weake
           nature
           :
           and
           that
           hee
           would
           renewe
           his
           image
           in
           vs
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           we
           may
           more
           perfectly
           
           know
           his
           workes
           in
           vs
           ,
           and
           shewe
           our selues
           more
           reuerent
           and
           obedient
           to
           him
           .
        
         
           
           Aristotle
           makes
           a
           deuision
           ,
           between
           the
           vnderstanding
           actiue
           ,
           and
           that
           which
           is
           tearmed
           passiue
           :
           mary
           hee
           calls
           the
           actiue
           vnderstanding
           nothing
           else
           ,
           but
           that
           which
           inuenteth
           any
           thing
           ,
           as
           the
           vnderstanding
           of
           Archimedes
           ,
           did
           inuent
           the
           Compasse
           .
        
         
           The
           passiue
           vnderstanding
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           inuenteth
           not
           of
           it self
           ,
           but
           makes
           approbation
           of
           an
           others
           inuention
           :
           as
           he
           that
           approued
           
           the
           inuention
           of
           Gunpowder
           ,
           or
           that
           of
           the
           Compasse
           ,
           or
           the
           Astralabe
           .
           The
           knowledges
           of
           the
           vnderstanding
           ,
           are
           deuided
           into
           actions
           and
           habitude
           .
           The
           knowledge
           which
           is
           called
           action
           ,
           
           is
           that
           part
           of
           the
           vnderstanding
           ,
           which
           apprehendeth
           somthing
           ,
           by
           forming
           the
           image
           thereof
           .
        
         
           Habitude
           ,
           is
           as
           a
           constant
           &
           resident
           light
           in
           the
           vnderstanding
           ,
           whereof
           wee
           make
           vse
           whensoeuer
           we
           please
           .
        
         
           The
           vnderstanding
           somtimes
           busies
           it selfe
           ,
           and
           considers
           those
           
           thinges
           ,
           whereof
           it
           can
           but
           hardly
           reach
           to
           the
           knowledge
           :
           as
           the
           changes
           of
           the
           ayre
           ,
           
           the
           reuolutions
           ordinarie
           of
           the
           heauens
           ,
           &
           those
           are
           termed
           speculatiue
           .
           Sometimes
           it
           meditates
           on
           thinges
           that
           it
           can
           easily
           exercise
           ,
           and
           then
           it
           is
           called
           practiue
           .
        
         
           
           The
           word
           reason
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           comprehends
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           vnderstanding
           cōceiuing
           things
           ,
           conferreth
           and
           makes
           iudgement
           of
           them
           ,
           where-upon
           the
           wil
           makes
           his
           coniunction
           .
           
           Then
           may
           the
           wil
           be
           thus
           very
           well
           defined
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           part
           or
           power
           
           of
           the
           vnderstanding
           ,
           which
           is
           called
           reason
           :
           working
           freely
           ,
           after
           that
           the
           vnderstanding
           hath
           tried
           ,
           &
           iudged
           the
           thing
           to
           be
           good
           or
           bad
           .
        
         
           If
           nature
           had
           continued
           in
           her
           first
           integritie
           ,
           
           we
           should
           neuer
           haue
           willed
           ,
           but
           what
           of
           it self
           had
           been
           good
           &
           honest
           :
           but
           the
           order
           of
           nature
           beeing
           perturbed
           ,
           makes
           such
           an
           alteration
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           a
           discord
           among
           the
           powers
           ,
           &
           that
           the
           vnderstanding
           is
           sometimes
           deceued
           in
           iudging
           of
           things
           .
           And
           albeit
           it
           can
           easilie
           discerne
           
           the
           hurtfulnes
           of
           things
           ,
           yet
           many
           impediments
           doe
           happen
           to
           crosse
           it
           :
           
           as
           selfe
           cōceit
           ,
           or
           ouer-great
           weening
           in
           our
           owne
           selues
           ,
           enuie
           ,
           and
           other
           such
           like
           harmes
           ,
           which
           drawes
           vs
           to
           cōmit
           enormous
           crimes
           ,
           and
           to
           trouble
           (
           sometimes
           )
           the
           quiet
           estate
           of
           the
           publique
           weale
           .
        
         
           
           Thus
           becomes
           the
           image
           of
           GGD
           deformed
           in
           vs
           ,
           &
           keeps
           not
           the
           true
           Idea
           of
           his
           first
           excellence
           .
           Wherfore
           it
           behoueth
           vs
           ,
           
           earnestlie
           to
           desire
           (
           with
           S.
           Paul
           )
           
             that
             GOD
             would
             make
             perfect
             his
             image
             in
             vs
             ,
          
           
           &
           that
           by
           vnderstāding
           &
           knowing
           aright
           the
           cause
           &
           authour
           of
           all
           things
           ,
           we
           may
           attaine
           to
           more
           noble
           &
           purer
           actions
           ,
           as
           well
           in
           our
           vnderstāding
           ,
           as
           in
           our
           will.
           Likewise
           ,
           that
           our
           memorie
           may
           euermore
           retaine
           good
           and
           holy
           cogitatiōs
           of
           god
           ,
           and
           of
           commendable
           actions
           ,
           whereby
           religion
           is
           preserued
           &
           increased
           :
           that
           he
           would
           purifie
           our
           affections
           ,
           &
           in
           sted
           of
           such
           as
           are
           euill
           and
           corrupt
           ,
           excite
           (
           by
           his
           holy
           spirite
           working
           in
           his
           Word
           )
           honest
           and
           vertuous
           motions
           in
           our
           harts
           .
           
           Moreouer
           ,
           to
           worke
           so
           graciously
           in
           vs
           ,
           that
           the
           inferiour
           powers
           may
           be
           obedient
           to
           the
           superiour
           ,
           beeing
           euermore
           guided
           ,
           by
           the
           sacred
           direction
           in
           his
           word
           contained
           :
           to
           the
           end
           ,
           that
           by
           this
           accord
           and
           consonance
           of
           vertues
           in
           our
           soule
           ,
           the
           honor
           of
           God
           may
           be
           exalted
           and
           reuerenced
           in
           vs
           ,
           and
           publique
           tranquilitie
           kept
           and
           maintained
           ,
           vntil
           it
           shal
           please
           him
           to
           receiue
           vs
           ,
           and
           giue
           vs
           eternall
           rest
           in
           his
           high
           &
           happie
           dwellings
           .
        
         
           
           
             Of
             the
             immortalitie
             of
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             NOW
             ,
             as
             concerning
             the
             immortality
             of
             the
             soule
             ,
             some
             doe
             dispute
             in
             this
             sort
             ,
             by
             arguments
             taken
             and
             deriued
             from
             nature
             .
             
             It
             is
             impossible
             (
             say
             they
             )
             that
             all
             the
             honest
             and
             vvell
             disposed
             people
             ,
             which
             are
             borne
             and
             brought
             vppe
             in
             thys
             worlde
             ,
             shoulde
             euermore
             be
             vexed
             or
             troubled
             with
             miseries
             .
             Yet
             is
             it
             euident
             ,
             
             that
             the
             greater
             part
             of
             good
             people
             ,
             are
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             and
             oftnest
             afflicted
             greeuously
             ,
             yea
             ,
             many
             
             times
             slaine
             by
             the
             wicked
             ,
             seditious
             and
             Tyrants
             .
             It
             is
             then
             necessary
             to
             think
             and
             say
             ,
             that
             GOD
             hath
             reserued
             some
             port
             or
             hauen
             of
             safetie
             for
             them
             ,
             where
             (
             after
             all
             troubles
             )
             they
             may
             arriue
             to
             perpetuall
             rest
             .
          
           
             
             Some
             likewise
             dispute
             on
             the
             contrarie
             part
             ,
             of
             the
             paines
             reserued
             for
             the
             wicked
             ,
             for
             ,
             naturally
             we
             iudge
             and
             say
             ,
             that
             euil
             deeds
             doe
             iustly
             deserue
             punishment
             .
             Yet
             oftentimes
             wee
             see
             ,
             that
             they
             which
             are
             oppressours
             of
             others
             ,
             both
             in
             body
             and
             goods
             ,
             are
             neuerthelesse
             
             happy
             in
             theyr
             worldlie
             enterprises
             :
             why
             then
             it
             is
             most
             certaine
             ,
             that
             a
             place
             is
             also
             afterward
             reserued
             for
             them
             ,
             and
             paines
             likewise
             ,
             where-with
             they
             are
             to
             be
             punished
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             
             Plato
             giueth
             this
             reason
             :
             those
             thinges
             that
             bee
             not
             of
             elementary
             nature
             ,
             are
             not
             subiect
             at
             all
             to
             coruption
             nor
             death
             :
             The
             soule
             cōsisteth
             no
             way
             of
             the
             elements
             ,
             it
             is
             then
             cleere
             ,
             that
             shee
             is
             not
             mortall
             ,
             nor
             any
             way
             corruptible
             .
          
           
             That
             the
             soule
             is
             no
             way
             cōsisting
             or
             made
             of
             any
             part
             of
             the
             elements
             ,
             
             
             is
             apparant
             and
             manifest
             by
             this
             reason
             .
             It
             is
             impossible
             ,
             that
             nature
             being
             corruptible
             ,
             should
             cōprehend
             and
             conceiue
             thinges
             vniuersall
             and
             incorruptible
             :
             as
             to
             conceiue
             and
             apprehend
             God
             ,
             with
             the
             vniuersality
             of
             thinges
             :
             the
             numbers
             ,
             the
             differences
             of
             thinges
             honest
             and
             dishonest
             :
             
             yet
             naturally
             ,
             and
             euen
             without
             teaching
             ,
             men
             doe
             apprehend
             these
             things
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             then
             to
             bee
             iudged
             ,
             that
             the
             seates
             of
             these
             apprehēsions
             ,
             are
             not
             natures
             elementaries
             ,
             but
             much
             more
             excellent
             
             thē
             corruptible
             things
             ,
             &
             likewise
             that
             they
             are
             perpetual
             :
             see
             heere
             what
             natural
             reasons
             are
             yeelded
             ,
             for
             the
             immortalitie
             of
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             But
             we
             ,
             
             whom
             God
             hath
             so
             much
             looued
             ,
             and
             endued
             with
             so
             especiall
             a
             fauour
             ,
             as
             to
             make
             the
             beams
             of
             the
             glory
             of
             his
             Gospell
             shine
             vpon
             our
             vnderstanding
             ,
             taking
             &
             receiuing
             the
             testimonies
             of
             true
             examples
             ,
             and
             sayinges
             of
             the
             Prophets
             ,
             which
             we
             know
             to
             be
             diuinely
             bestowed
             on
             them
             ,
             &
             confirmed
             by
             the
             words
             and
             
             works
             of
             our
             Lord
             
               Iesus
               Christ
            
             :
             assuredlie
             ,
             mee
             thinkes
             it
             is
             verie
             meruailous
             ,
             seeing
             that
             this
             epithite
             of
             immortalitie
             is
             so
             apparant
             ,
             &
             cōfirmed
             in
             vs
             by
             many
             sayings
             and
             examples
             ,
             
             why
             men
             doe
             not
             better
             prepare
             themselues
             ,
             to
             vnderstād
             this
             iudgement
             aright
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             haue
             no
             greater
             feare
             or
             horrour
             of
             the
             paines
             eternall
             .
          
           
             It
             remaineth
             therefore
             ,
             that
             men
             of
             good
             and
             vertuous
             disposition
             ,
             ought
             to
             rest
             assured
             ,
             by
             the
             examples
             of
             Enoch
             ,
             Elias
             ,
             &
             our
             Sauiour
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             
             liuing
             already
             in
             life
             perpetuall
             .
          
           
             And
             if
             wee
             will
             take
             notice
             from
             the
             verie
             first
             age
             of
             the
             worlde
             ,
             
             we
             shall
             find
             ,
             that
             God
             declared
             ,
             how
             he
             wold
             one
             day
             hold
             his
             iudgment
             ,
             to
             punish
             the
             wicked
             ,
             and
             reward
             the
             good
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             seuerall
             workes
             ,
             as
             when
             he
             said
             to
             Caine
             :
             
               If
               thou
               hast
               well
               doone
            
             ,
             
             
               thou
               shalt
               finde
               it
               ,
               and
               receiue
               like
               recōpence
               :
               but
               if
               thou
               hast
               doone
               euill
               ,
               thy
               sinne
               shall
               be
               hidden
               ,
               vntill
               such
               time
               as
               it
               shall
               be
               declared
               and
               discouered
               .
            
             
             This
             deferring
             &
             dilatation
             of
             punishment
             ,
             
             makes
             the
             wicked
             more
             bolde
             &
             forward
             in
             theyr
             sinning
             ,
             and
             begetteth
             likewise
             contempt
             of
             God
             :
             but
             albeit
             wee
             see
             not
             such
             transgressiōs
             punished
             in
             this
             world
             ,
             let
             vs
             not
             therefore
             thinke
             ,
             that
             they
             shall
             so
             escape
             without
             correction
             .
          
           
             
             For
             ,
             as
             the
             wise
             man
             of
             Greece
             said
             :
             
               GOD
               deferreth
               his
               chastisement
               ,
               but
               hee
               recompenceth
               that
               delaying
               with
               greater
               measure
               of
               pains
               .
            
             And
             let
             vs
             likewise
             remember
             his
             own
             holie
             words
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             that
             
               sinne
               shal
               be
               discouered
            
             ,
             
             which
             let
             vs
             not
             thinke
             to
             bee
             
             spoken
             in
             vaine
             ,
             or
             that
             the
             words
             are
             of
             no
             effect
             :
             for
             ,
             although
             wee
             beholde
             not
             heere
             the
             pittifull
             end
             of
             tyrants
             ,
             or
             others
             that
             depart
             this
             life
             vnpunished
             ,
             let
             vs
             yet
             remaine
             assured
             ,
             that
             the
             measure
             of
             their
             scourging
             will
             be
             the
             greater
             afterward
             .
          
           
             Enoch
             ,
             who
             in
             his
             liuing
             body
             was
             rapt
             vp
             ,
             
             and
             translated
             frō
             thys
             world
             ,
             giues
             vs
             thereby
             to
             vnderstand
             ,
             that
             after
             this
             life
             ,
             there
             remaineth
             a
             better
             :
             then
             is
             it
             not
             to
             be
             doubted
             ,
             but
             that
             Enoch
             ,
             Elias
             ,
             and
             those
             other
             holie
             persons
             ,
             taught
             and
             instructed
             
             others
             in
             the
             happinesse
             of
             this
             lyfe
             perpetuall
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             also
             remained
             after
             this
             present
             estate
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             in
             the
             Epistle
             of
             the
             Apostle
             S.
             Iude
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             part
             of
             the
             sermon
             of
             Enoch
             ,
             which
             speaketh
             in
             this
             manner
             :
             
             
               Beholde
               ,
               the
               Lord
               shall
               come
               with
               infinite
               company
               of
               Saints
               ,
               onely
               to
               doe
               iustice
               ,
               to
               rebuke
               and
               punish
               all
               those
               that
               haue
               doone
               euill
               and
               vngodly
               deedes
               .
            
          
           
             And
             Helie
             &
             Eliseus
             ,
             who
             did
             raise
             vp
             ,
             &
             make
             to
             liue
             againe
             some
             that
             were
             dead
             :
             and
             Elias
             ,
             who
             was
             taken
             
             vp
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             his
             friendes
             ,
             &
             carried
             to
             heauen
             in
             his
             intire
             bodie
             ,
             both
             in
             a
             whirle-wind
             &
             a
             flame
             of
             fire
             .
          
           
             Many
             other
             examples
             ,
             
             and
             namely
             the
             most
             euident
             example
             of
             our
             Sauiour
             ,
             vvho
             rose
             againe
             ,
             and
             to
             him
             excited
             the
             companie
             of
             the
             prophets
             &
             holie
             Fathers
             ,
             to
             liue
             with
             him
             perpetually
             ,
             &
             to
             enioy
             the
             fruitiō
             of
             the
             company
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             By
             diuine
             Scripture
             then
             it
             is
             most
             cleere
             ,
             
             that
             our
             soules
             are
             spirits
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             to
             be
             extinct
             in
             death
             like
             the
             
             body
             :
             but
             doe
             remaine
             seperated
             afterward
             ,
             &
             liue
             perpetually
             .
          
           
             God
             saide
             ,
             
               that
               wee
               neede
               not
               to
               feare
               such
               as
               kill
               the
               body
               ,
            
             
             
               and
               afterward
               can
               doe
               nothing
               els
               .
            
             He
             said
             likewise
             to
             the
             cōuerted
             theefe
             :
             
             
               This
               day
               thou
               shalt
               be
               with
               me
               in
               Paradise
               .
            
          
           
             If
             the
             soule
             could
             be
             extinct
             and
             dissipated
             like
             smoke
             in
             death
             ,
             
             it
             would
             not
             then
             follow
             ,
             that
             she
             should
             cōuerse
             and
             liue
             afterward
             with
             Iesus
             Christ
             :
             it
             is
             then
             a
             spirit
             ,
             which
             continueth
             after
             death
             ,
             and
             in
             regard
             it
             is
             a
             spirit
             ,
             it
             cannot
             be
             idle
             .
          
           
           
             As
             concerning
             the
             word
             Paradise
             ,
             
             it
             signifieth
             the
             place
             of
             happie
             and
             eternall
             life
             :
             there
             where
             ioy
             ,
             wisedome
             and
             iustice
             are
             in
             all
             aboundance
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             necessary
             to
             note
             the
             sermon
             of
             the
             good
             theefe
             ,
             
             which
             he
             made
             hanging
             aloft
             on
             the
             Crosse
             ,
             euen
             when
             he
             was
             at
             the
             instant
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             when
             all
             the
             Apostles
             were
             astonnied
             ,
             and
             had
             left
             off
             theyr
             office
             of
             preaching
             ,
             &
             did
             forget
             the
             mercies
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             Vndoubtedly
             ,
             thys
             spectacle
             was
             not
             without
             great
             signification
             ,
             
             for
             ,
             there
             was
             to
             bee
             seen
             two
             theeues
             hanging
             with
             the
             blessed
             Sonne
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             signified
             ,
             that
             the
             world
             was
             condemned
             to
             death
             for
             most
             greeuous
             offences
             And
             seeing
             it
             should
             be
             so
             ,
             that
             the
             Son
             of
             God
             ,
             was
             to
             appease
             his
             Fathers
             displeasure
             ,
             
             and
             by
             his
             death
             onely
             :
             that
             yet
             one
             part
             of
             the
             worlde
             would
             still
             contemne
             this
             benefit
             ,
             &
             despise
             the
             kindnes
             of
             thys
             Sauiour
             ,
             as
             may
             be
             discerned
             in
             the
             bad
             theefe
             ,
             hauing
             no
             hope
             at
             all
             of
             saluation
             ,
             and
             in
             whose
             person
             is
             figured
             
             forth
             to
             vs
             ,
             the
             wicked
             ,
             seditious
             ,
             and
             tyrants
             ,
             enemies
             against
             the
             Gospell
             of
             GOD
             ,
             who
             ought
             assuredlie
             to
             know
             ,
             that
             their
             cōdemnation
             is
             alreadie
             doone
             ,
             for
             theyr
             wilful
             contemning
             the
             mercies
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             But
             the
             other
             part
             of
             the
             worlde
             ,
             
             which
             are
             such
             as
             (
             with
             reuerēce
             )
             acknowledge
             and
             receiue
             this
             blessing
             of
             God
             ,
             knowing
             &
             confessing
             (
             with
             the
             good
             theefe
             )
             that
             they
             haue
             deserued
             nothing
             but
             condēnation
             &
             death
             :
             yet
             trusting
             onelie
             in
             God
             ,
             doe
             inuoke
             his
             
             mercy
             and
             propitiation
             ,
             acknowledging
             also
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             deliuered
             from
             sin
             &
             death
             ,
             onely
             by
             the
             blessed
             &
             innocent
             death
             of
             their
             Redeemer
             .
          
           
             The
             good
             thiefe
             ,
             who
             desired
             his
             deliuerance
             of
             God
             ,
             acknowledged
             him
             therein
             ,
             and
             albeit
             he
             saw
             him
             there
             to
             die
             with
             him
             ;
             yet
             he
             helde
             it
             for
             most
             certaine
             &
             assured
             ,
             that
             this
             was
             he
             who
             could
             giue
             him
             eternall
             life
             :
             wherefore
             he
             heard
             the
             sweet
             answere
             of
             GOD
             ,
             who
             promised
             him
             ,
             
               that
               that
               very
               day
               ,
               hee
               shoulde
               bee
               with
               him
               in
               the
               place
               of
               
               rest
               ,
               life
               ,
               and
               ioy
               perpetuall
               .
            
             By
             this
             voyce
             hee
             vnderstood
             ,
             that
             his
             sinnes
             were
             forgiuen
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             life
             eternal
             was
             (
             in
             mercie
             )
             bestowed
             vpon
             him
             .
          
           
             Then
             ,
             though
             hee
             was
             hanged
             ,
             broken
             ,
             &
             halfe
             deade
             ,
             yet
             (
             for
             all
             that
             )
             he
             did
             honour
             &
             gaue
             reuerence
             to
             the
             Sonne
             of
             God
             :
             
             euen
             then
             when
             the
             whole
             Church
             was
             silent
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             Apostles
             were
             amazed
             and
             dispersed
             ,
             yet
             hee
             confidētly
             said
             ▪
             that
             he
             who
             was
             there
             hanged
             ,
             and
             readie
             to
             die
             ,
             shoulde
             (
             neuerthelesse
             )
             raigne
             
             and
             giue
             eternall
             life
             to
             men
             :
             he
             called
             on
             him
             ,
             as
             the
             onely
             maister
             &
             authour
             of
             life
             :
             Nay
             more
             ,
             he
             defended
             the
             glory
             of
             GOD
             against
             the
             other
             euill
             speaker
             .
          
           
             This
             spectacle
             then
             admonisheth
             vs
             of
             many
             things
             ,
             and
             all
             good
             mindes
             doe
             acknowledge
             ,
             their
             transgressions
             to
             bee
             fixed
             to
             his
             crosse
             :
             for
             wee
             are
             all
             (
             by
             our
             sinnes
             )
             subiect
             to
             death
             and
             calamities
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             and
             can
             no
             way
             bee
             deliuered
             but
             by
             the
             Sonne
             of
             God
             only
             .
             It
             remaines
             then
             ,
             that
             wee
             call
             on
             him
             ▪
             ,
             that
             wee
             declare
             to
             others
             
             these
             great
             blessings
             ,
             
             &
             that
             we
             maintaine
             his
             honor
             &
             glory
             ,
             against
             all
             miscreants
             and
             euill
             speakers
             :
             whatsoeuer
             afflictions
             ,
             torments
             or
             deaths
             we
             endure
             in
             the
             cause
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             ,
             that
             hee
             may
             giue
             to
             euery
             one
             of
             vs
             ,
             that
             which
             hee
             did
             to
             the
             happy
             conuerted
             theefe
             ,
             saying
             :
             
               This
               day
               thou
               shalt
               be
               with
               mee
               in
               Paradise
               .
            
          
           
             Seeing
             then
             so
             great
             a
             matter
             is
             cōtained
             in
             this
             speech
             and
             conference
             ,
             of
             our
             Sauiour
             Christ
             with
             the
             good
             theefe
             ,
             let
             vs
             confirme
             and
             fixe
             in
             our
             harts
             ,
             
             this
             saying
             and
             most
             powerfull
             sentence
             :
             which
             manifestly
             declareth
             ,
             
             that
             the
             soule
             is
             a
             seperable
             spirit
             ,
             liuing
             after
             it
             hath
             left
             the
             bodie
             ,
             according
             as
             Christ
             himselfe
             sayde
             ,
             that
             the
             spirit
             of
             the
             cōuerted
             theefe
             ,
             should
             conuerse
             and
             bee
             with
             him
             in
             Paradise
             .
          
           
             Assuredly
             ,
             it
             coulde
             not
             conuerse
             nor
             liue
             after
             death
             ,
             if
             it
             vvere
             onely
             of
             the
             bodies
             tēper
             ,
             or
             if
             it
             were
             some
             smoke
             ,
             neyther
             coulde
             it
             likewise
             bee
             in
             Paradise
             ,
             but
             would
             be
             dispersed
             abroade
             in
             the
             ayre
             .
          
           
           
             In
             Saint
             Mathewe
             ,
             
             Moises
             spake
             and
             conferred
             with
             our
             Sauiour
             in
             the
             Mountaine
             ,
             although
             it
             be
             plainelie
             written
             in
             the
             Booke
             of
             the
             repetition
             of
             the
             law
             ,
             commonly
             called
             Deuteronomie
             ,
             that
             Moyses
             was
             deade
             and
             buried
             :
             our
             Sauiour
             then
             spake
             with
             the
             seperated
             soule
             of
             him
             .
             Saint
             Paule
             saide
             ,
             
             
               that
               he
               desired
               to
               be
               deliuered
               from
               his
               body
               ,
               and
               to
               bee
               with
               Iesus
               Christ.
               
            
          
           
             And
             to
             the
             Corinthians
             hee
             said
             :
             
             
               While
               we
               remaine
               in
               this
               bodie
               ,
               we
               are
               far
               off
               from
               our
               Lord.
               But
               we
               haue
               this
               
               confidence
               ,
               that
               after
               we
               shall
               haue
               finished
               this
               long
               voyage
               ,
               we
               shall
               then
               abide
               with
               him
               .
            
          
           
             And
             S.
             Peter
             sayth
             ,
             that
             the
             Spirit
             of
             our
             Lord
             ,
             while
             his
             bodie
             was
             in
             the
             Tombe
             ,
             
               preached
               vnto
               the
               spirits
               of
               them
               that
               were
               in
               prison
               :
            
             
             which
             then
             assureth
             vs
             ,
             that
             our
             soules
             are
             separable
             spirits
             .
             In
             Saint
             Luke
             ,
             the
             historie
             is
             recited
             of
             the
             wicked
             rich
             man
             that
             was
             in
             hell
             torments
             ,
             &
             the
             poore
             begger
             ,
             
             whose
             spirit
             was
             in
             Abrahams
             bosome
             .
          
           
             In
             another
             place
             ,
             GOD
             sayth
             ,
             
               that
               hee
               
               is
               the
               God
               of
               Abraham
               ,
            
             
             
               and
               the
               God
               of
               Isaac
               ,
               and
               the
               God
               of
               Iacob
               :
               and
               that
               he
               is
               not
               the
               God
               of
               the
               deade
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               liuing
               .
            
             Let
             vs
             then
             end
             vvith
             this
             conclusion
             ,
             that
             Abraham
             ,
             Isaac
             &
             Iacob
             are
             liuing
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
         
         
         
           
           
             Socr.
             
          
           
             Tell
             me
             ,
             which
             doost
             thou
             iudge
             to
             be
             workes
             of
             Fortune
             ,
             or
             of
             reason
             and
             deliberation
             ?
             as
             much
             to
             say
             ,
             as
             those
             workes
             that
             haue
             no
             certaine
             end
             ,
             neyther
             are
             knowne
             wherfore
             they
             be
             made
             ?
             and
             what
             thinkest
             thou
             of
             such
             ,
             as
             manifestly
             doe
             appeare
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             made
             for
             the
             benefite
             of
             men
             ?
          
        
         
           
             Aristo
             .
          
           
             Doubtlesse
             ,
             those
             which
             are
             made
             for
             the
             profit
             of
             men
             ,
             are
             questionles
             workes
             made
             by
             reason
             &
             deliberation
             .
          
        
         
           
             Socr.
             
          
           
             Doth
             it
             not
             thē
             appeare
             to
             thee
             ,
             that
             
             hee
             that
             frō
             the
             beginning
             made
             men
             ,
             and
             gaue
             thē
             sence
             ,
             whereby
             they
             shoulde
             haue
             knowledge
             of
             euerie
             thing
             ,
             did
             it
             not
             for
             their
             benefit
             ?
             as
             eyes
             to
             behold
             thinges
             visible
             :
             eares
             to
             heare
             soundes
             :
             &
             so
             likewise
             of
             things
             that
             are
             apprehended
             by
             sent
             ,
             whereof
             no
             profit
             woulde
             bee
             had
             except
             we
             had
             nostrils
             :
             nor
             knew
             wee
             howe
             to
             perceiue
             or
             distinguish
             which
             taste
             is
             sweet
             ,
             &
             vvhich
             is
             sower
             or
             sharpe
             ,
             except
             we
             had
             a
             tongue
             and
             pallate
             to
             tast
             them
             ?
             Moreouer
             ,
             dooth
             it
             not
             likewise
             
             seeme
             to
             thee
             ,
             to
             bee
             a
             worke
             of
             Gods
             high
             prouidence
             ,
             to
             enclose
             (
             within
             lidds
             )
             the
             weak
             and
             feeble
             eyes
             ,
             which
             when
             need
             requires
             to
             see
             ,
             doe
             open
             ,
             &
             close
             againe
             when
             desire
             of
             sleepe
             vrgeth
             ?
          
           
             And
             to
             the
             end
             no
             angry
             windes
             may
             bee
             offensiue
             to
             them
             ,
             hee
             hath
             placed
             the
             browes
             ouer
             the
             eyes
             ,
             as
             also
             to
             defend
             them
             from
             the
             sweat
             ,
             descēding
             down
             the
             head
             ,
             yet
             kept
             therby
             out
             of
             the
             eyes
             .
             As
             in
             like
             maner
             the
             eares
             ,
             that
             receiue
             all
             sounds
             ,
             and
             yet
             are
             neuer
             full
             :
             the
             teeth
             also
             in
             order
             
             made
             and
             placed
             ,
             that
             those
             before
             do
             cut
             the
             meat
             ,
             and
             those
             behind
             chewe
             &
             prepare
             it
             for
             the
             passage
             :
             so
             may
             we
             say
             of
             the
             mouth
             ,
             wherby
             the
             foode
             hath
             conuoy
             to
             the
             stomack
             ,
             being
             seated
             vnder
             the
             eyes
             and
             nostrills
             :
             but
             the
             cōduit
             of
             offensiue
             superfluities
             ,
             is
             placed
             behinde
             ,
             and
             far
             from
             the
             seueral
             seates
             of
             the
             sences
             ,
             least
             it
             shoulde
             be
             any
             way
             hurtful
             vnto
             them
             .
          
           
             These
             things
             which
             thou
             discernest
             to
             bee
             made
             by
             so
             great
             a
             prouidence
             ,
             whether
             doost
             thou
             attribute
             
             them
             to
             Fortune
             ,
             or
             to
             counsell
             and
             deliberation
             ?
          
        
         
           
             Aristo
             .
          
           
             Assuredlie
             ,
             these
             thinges
             seeme
             to
             mee
             ,
             to
             bee
             the
             workmanship
             of
             a
             most
             wise
             Creator
             .
          
        
         
           
             Socr.
             
          
           
             And
             the
             naturall
             great
             desire
             vvee
             haue
             to
             beget
             a
             continuation
             of
             linage
             ,
             as
             also
             of
             mothers
             to
             nourish
             their
             young
             chyldren
             ,
             &
             when
             they
             become
             great
             ,
             a
             care
             for
             theyr
             liuing
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             mightie
             feare
             they
             haue
             of
             theyr
             death
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ari.
             
          
           
             In
             sooth
             ,
             al
             these
             thinges
             are
             the
             workes
             of
             him
             ,
             who
             had
             a
             will
             ,
             
             that
             by
             counsel
             ,
             reason
             ,
             and
             deliberation
             ,
             his
             creatures
             shoulde
             bee
             made
             liuing
             ,
             hauing
             both
             sence
             and
             moouing
             .
          
        
         
           
             Socra
             .
          
           
             Dooth
             it
             appeare
             to
             thee
             that
             thou
             hast
             any
             discretion
             ,
             whereby
             thou
             makest
             apprehension
             or
             iudgment
             of
             these
             thinges
             ?
          
           
             Thou
             hast
             in
             thee
             a
             little
             portion
             of
             thys
             earth
             ,
             which
             thou
             seest
             to
             be
             so
             great
             ,
             &
             a
             small
             quantitie
             of
             humour
             ,
             which
             is
             of
             so
             large
             aboūdance
             in
             the
             world
             :
             nowe
             ,
             considering
             eyther
             of
             these
             thinges
             to
             be
             so
             great
             ,
             &
             yet
             thou
             
             hast
             of
             eyther
             some
             smal
             portion
             ,
             and
             altogether
             being
             so
             assembled
             in
             thy
             body
             ,
             as
             thou
             couldest
             haue
             no
             vnderstāding
             at
             all
             ,
             except
             they
             were
             in
             this
             sort
             ordered
             :
             These
             thinges
             (
             I
             say
             )
             being
             so
             great
             ,
             and
             in
             multitude
             infinite
             ,
             howe
             doost
             thou
             imagine
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             should
             be
             well
             ordained
             ?
          
        
         
           
             Arist.
             
          
           
             I
             can
             no
             way
             perceiue
             their
             ordenation
             ,
             as
             I
             behold
             the
             order
             of
             other
             workmēs
             labours
             .
          
        
         
           
             Socr.
             
          
           
             Why
             euen
             so
             thou
             canst
             no
             way
             beholde
             thy
             soule
             ,
             which
             
             directs
             and
             gouerns
             (
             at
             her
             pleasure
             ,
             )
             all
             thy
             whole
             bodie
             :
             yea
             ,
             and
             in
             such
             sort
             ,
             as
             thou
             mightest
             else
             say
             ,
             thou
             doost
             all
             thinges
             without
             counsell
             ;
             reason
             ,
             or
             deliberation
             ,
             but
             that
             onely
             raiseth
             regard
             of
             feare
             and
             trembling
             .
          
        
         
           
             Arist.
             
          
           
             I
             vvoulde
             be
             lothe
             to
             neglect
             the
             Gods
             ,
             but
             doe
             holde
             and
             esteeme
             them
             so
             great
             ,
             as
             wee
             shoulde
             haue
             nothing
             els
             to
             do
             ,
             but
             to
             be
             reuerent
             onelie
             toward
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             Socra
             .
          
           
             The
             greater
             then
             thou
             esteemest
             them
             to
             bee
             ,
             the
             more
             thou
             oughtest
             to
             honour
             
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             Arist.
             
          
           
             If
             I
             wist
             that
             they
             had
             any
             care
             of
             men
             ,
             I
             woulde
             adore
             them
             ,
             and
             neuer
             neglect
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             Socra
             .
          
           
             VVhy
             howe
             canst
             thou
             thinke
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             haue
             care
             and
             regarde
             of
             vs
             ,
             seeing
             man
             is
             made
             onely
             (
             aboue
             and
             beyond
             al
             other
             creatures
             )
             to
             goe
             vpright
             ?
             to
             fore-see
             many
             thinges
             intended
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             gouerne
             all
             other
             creatures
             vnder
             him
             ?
             hauing
             eyes
             ,
             eares
             ,
             and
             a
             mouth
             bestowed
             vpon
             him
             ?
          
           
             And
             though
             to
             some
             he
             haue
             giuen
             but
             feet
             ,
             
             as
             to
             Serpents
             :
             yet
             to
             mā
             he
             hath
             giuē
             hands
             ,
             to
             garde
             himselfe
             from
             many
             outrages
             ,
             wherin
             we
             are
             more
             happy
             then
             other
             creatures
             .
          
           
             And
             albeit
             other
             beastes
             haue
             tongues
             ,
             yet
             to
             man
             onely
             it
             is
             giuen
             ,
             to
             turne
             his
             tongue
             from
             one
             side
             of
             his
             mouth
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             thereby
             to
             forme
             an
             intelligible
             voyce
             ,
             to
             dispose
             and
             make
             known
             his
             thoughts
             to
             others
             .
          
           
             Now
             not
             onely
             is
             this
             care
             taken
             of
             our
             bodies
             ,
             but
             much
             more
             of
             our
             inward
             spirits
             .
             For
             where
             or
             when
             did
             any
             
             other
             creature
             euer
             thinke
             or
             consider
             ,
             that
             God
             was
             the
             Creator
             of
             the
             very
             best
             and
             greatest
             thinges
             ?
             Or
             what
             kinde
             else
             ,
             (
             onely
             man
             excepted
             )
             dyd
             euer
             ,
             or
             can
             giue
             honor
             to
             God
             ?
             or
             keep
             himselfe
             from
             cold
             ,
             heate
             ,
             famine
             ,
             thirst
             ,
             &
             other
             inconueniences
             ?
             Or
             shun
             diuersitie
             of
             diseases
             ?
             Or
             by
             exercise
             gather
             strength
             ,
             ability
             ,
             and
             learning
             ?
             or
             retain
             longer
             and
             more
             faithfully
             what-soeuer
             is
             to
             be
             vnderstood
             ?
          
           
             Seemes
             it
             not
             then
             to
             thee
             ,
             that
             man
             onely
             is
             (
             as
             a
             God
             )
             amongst
             all
             
             other
             creatures
             ?
             more
             excellent
             ,
             and
             out-going
             them
             both
             in
             body
             and
             minde
             ?
          
           
             Vndoubtedly
             ,
             if
             man
             had
             had
             the
             body
             of
             an
             Oxe
             ,
             hee
             coulde
             not
             haue
             doone
             what
             soeuer
             he
             would
             ▪
             &
             such
             as
             haue
             hands
             (
             without
             any
             other
             part
             of
             inward
             spirit
             )
             haue
             somwhat
             to
             bee
             reckoned
             of
             much
             more
             ,
             then
             they
             that
             haue
             no
             hands
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             But
             thou
             that
             hast
             handes
             and
             vnderstanding
             ,
             canst
             thou
             think
             that
             God
             hath
             not
             care
             and
             respect
             of
             thee
             ?
             Doost
             thou
             not
             think
             ,
             
             that
             the
             most
             auncient
             and
             wisest
             Citties
             ,
             are
             those
             that
             most
             dilligently
             &
             carefully
             doe
             honour
             the
             Gods
             ?
          
           
             Learne
             ,
             learne
             my
             friend
             ,
             that
             thy
             soule
             gouerns
             thy
             body
             :
             likewise
             ,
             that
             the
             good
             spirit
             which
             containeth
             all
             thinges
             ,
             directeth
             all
             thinges
             at
             his
             good
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             Thinkest
             thou
             that
             thine
             owne
             eye
             can
             see
             many
             thinges
             farre
             off
             ,
             &
             that
             Gods
             eye
             doth
             not
             discerne
             them
             altogether
             ?
             Or
             that
             thy
             minde
             may
             conceite
             at
             one
             instant
             ,
             what
             is
             doone
             in
             Athens
             ,
             Scicilie
             ,
             
             Egypt
             ,
             or
             elsewhere
             ,
             and
             the
             Diuine
             Spirit
             or
             minde
             ,
             dooth
             not
             know
             all
             things
             directly
             together
             ?
             Yes
             ,
             hold
             and
             beleeue
             it
             for
             most
             certaine
             :
             that
             God
             sees
             ,
             heares
             ,
             regards
             ,
             and
             hath
             care
             of
             thee
             ,
             me
             ,
             &
             all
             thinges
             else
             whatsoeuer
             together
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           Directorie
           ,
           for
           the
           Readers
           more
           easie
           and
           speedie
           apprehension
           ,
           of
           the
           speciall
           matters
           handled
           in
           this
           Treatise
           .
        
         
           
             WHat
             benefit
             a
             man
             gaines
             by
             the
             knowledge
             of
             himselfe
             .
             page
             ,
             2.
             
          
           
             What
             the
             Soule
             is
             .
             page
             3
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             vertues
             and
             powers
             in
             the
             soule
             .
             page
             4
             ,
          
           
             Of
             nourishment
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             bodies
             nourishment
             .
             page
             5
             ,
             6.
             
          
           
             Of
             Choller
             ,
             Mellancholie
             ,
             &
             phlegme
             .
             page
             ▪
             8
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             blood
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             is
             receiued
             ,
             page
             9
             ,
          
           
             Of
             three
             kindes
             of
             digestion
             ,
             to
             perfect
             nourishment
             .
             page
             ,
             11
             ,
          
           
             That
             the
             inconvenience
             of
             the
             first
             digestion
             ,
             is
             not
             holpen
             by
             the
             other
             .
             page
             14
             ,
          
           
             Some
             mens
             oppinion
             concerning
             the
             Soule
             .
             16
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             intemperancie
             .
             page
             17
             ,
          
           
             Sixe
             things
             not
             naturally
             in
             vs.
             page
             18
             ,
          
           
             The
             benefit
             of
             labour
             to
             the
             body
             .
             page
             19
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             immoderat
             exercise
             to
             the
             body
             .
             21
          
           
             Of
             sleepe
             ,
             how
             it
             benefits
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             helpes
             the
             powers
             of
             the
             soule
             .
             page
             ,
             22
             ,
             24
             ,
          
           
             How
             heat
             &
             blood
             do
             work
             for
             the
             hart
             .
             24.
             
          
           
             Of
             dreames
             in
             sleepe
             ,
             their
             kindes
             ,
             causes
             &
             examples
             .
             page
             31
             ,
             32
             ,
             33
             ,
             34
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             increase
             of
             nourishment
             ,
             &
             when
             nature
             receiueth
             most
             substaunce
             to
             her selfe
             .
             38
             ,
             39
          
           
             
             How
             naturall
             heat
             groweth
             or
             decaieth
             in
             vs
             ,
             41
             ▪
          
           
             Of
             death
             naturall
             ,
             and
             vnnaturall
             .
             page
             43
          
           
             Of
             generation
             ,
             &
             how
             the
             fruite
             is
             formed
             ,
             44
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             offices
             ,
             veines
             ,
             and
             arteries
             of
             the
             membrane
             .
             page
             46
             ,
             47
             ,
          
           
             How
             the
             nauill
             is
             made
             ,
             and
             in
             what
             time
             .
             48
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             places
             for
             the
             liuer
             ,
             hart
             and
             braine
             ,
             50
          
           
             How
             the
             liuer
             is
             formed
             ,
             and
             what
             it
             is
             .
             50
          
           
             How
             the
             bowels
             are
             fastened
             to
             the
             back
             ,
             51
          
           
             How
             Diaphragma
             is
             formed
             .
             page
             52
          
           
             Of
             the
             back
             bones
             ,
             and
             forming
             of
             the
             hart
             ,
             53
          
           
             Of
             the
             harts
             nourishment
             .
             page
             54
          
           
             That
             the
             hart
             is
             the
             beginner
             of
             vitall
             heat
             ,
             55
          
           
             How
             the
             lungs
             and
             lites
             are
             formed
             ,
             and
             consequently
             the
             bodies
             height
             .
             page
             57
          
           
             Of
             the
             forming
             of
             the
             braine
             ,
             and
             skull
             of
             the
             head
             .
             page
             57
             ,
             58
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             marrow
             in
             the
             chine
             bone
             of
             the
             backe
             ,
             page
             60
          
           
             How
             the
             fruite
             is
             nourished
             in
             the
             wombe
             ,
             and
             the
             bloods
             deuision
             into
             3.
             parts
             .
             60
             ,
             61
             ,
             62
             ,
          
           
             How
             the
             power
             Vegetatiue
             nourisheth
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             maintaineth
             kind
             .
             page
             64
          
           
             Howe
             the
             order
             of
             the
             seuerall
             powers
             supplie
             theyr
             offices
             ,
             page
             68
          
           
             Of
             the
             sensitiue
             power
             ,
             beeing
             the
             soules
             second
             power
             .
             page
             ,
             71
          
           
             Of
             the
             fiue
             exteriour
             sences
             ,
             and
             first
             how
             sight
             is
             wrought
             in
             vs.
             page
             ,
             72
          
           
             Of
             the
             inwarde
             organes
             of
             sight
             ,
             and
             what
             vse
             
             they
             serue
             vs
             to
             .
             page
             74
          
           
             How
             sight
             hath
             his
             seate
             ,
             and
             what
             spirits
             giue
             life
             to
             the
             eye
             .
             page
             ,
             77
          
           
             The
             maner
             how
             colours
             are
             truly
             discerned
             ,
             80
             ,
          
           
             The
             true
             capacitie
             of
             the
             eye
             in
             sight
             ,
             and
             benefits
             of
             that
             sence
             .
             page
             81
             ,
          
           
             Of
             hearing
             and
             his
             organe
             ,
             page
             82
          
           
             What
             sound
             or
             noyse
             is
             ,
             &
             of
             the
             meanes
             of
             apprehending
             it
             ,
             page
             83
             ,
             84
          
           
             How
             our
             speech
             or
             voyce
             is
             formed
             .
             86
          
           
             Of
             smelling
             ,
             &
             by
             what
             organe
             it
             is
             apprehended
             .
             page
             89
          
           
             What
             odour
             ,
             sent
             ▪
             or
             smell
             is
             ,
             90
             ,
          
           
             Of
             tasting
             ,
             and
             his
             organe
             ,
             &
             howe
             the
             tongue
             tastes
             with
             his
             meanes
             ,
             vse
             and
             obiect
             .
             94
             ,
             95
          
           
             Of
             the
             seuerall
             kindes
             of
             sauour
             ;
             what
             sauours
             best
             please
             the
             taste
             :
             what
             most
             vrgeth
             appetite
             :
             and
             of
             thinges
             without
             sauour
             .
             page
             96
             ,
             97
             ,
             98
             ,
             99
             ,
             &c
          
           
             Of
             Touching
             &
             his
             organe
             ,
             &
             benefit
             .
             107
             ,
             108
          
           
             Of
             the
             inwarde
             sence
             ,
             his
             seate
             ,
             and
             necessarie
             vse
             .
             page
             108
             ,
             109
          
           
             Of
             the
             fiue
             inwarde
             sences
             ,
             their
             organes
             what
             they
             are
             ,
             &
             how
             they
             help
             each
             other
             ,
             110
             ,
             &c
          
           
             Of
             the
             braine
             in
             his
             diuersity
             of
             kindes
             .
             118
          
           
             Of
             two
             kindes
             of
             appetence
             in
             the
             sences
             .
             119
          
           
             Of
             the
             foure
             principall
             affections
             ,
             and
             theyr
             opposites
             :
             both
             helping
             and
             hurting
             .
             122.
             &c
          
           
             The
             organe
             of
             the
             appetente
             power
             ,
             and
             what
             it
             is
             .
             page
             133
          
           
             
             Of
             the
             commaundements
             in
             both
             the
             Tables
             .
             page
             ,
             136
             ,
             137
             ,
             138
             ,
             &c
          
           
             Of
             the
             contrarietie
             &
             difference
             amongst
             men
             .
             page
             41
             ,
          
           
             Of
             two
             kindes
             of
             gouernment
             :
             compulsion
             &
             obedience
             .
             page
             143
             ,
             144
             ,
          
           
             That
             the
             will
             is
             the
             commaunder
             of
             the
             affections
             .
             page
             146
          
           
             The
             reason
             of
             lawes
             ,
             deuision
             of
             possessions
             ,
             &
             iustice
             in
             our
             dealings
             .
             149
             ,
             150
             ,
             151
          
           
             How
             the
             lawe
             agrees
             with
             nature
             ,
             and
             in
             vvhat
             manner
             .
             page
             153
             ,
             154
          
           
             Of
             two
             kindes
             of
             moouing
             in
             the
             hart
             :
             and
             the
             efficient
             causes
             thereof
             ,
             155
             ,
             156
             ,
             157
          
           
             Of
             the
             powers
             of
             nature
             ,
             answerable
             to
             the
             harts
             affections
             ,
             and
             their
             difference
             .
             page
             158
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             hart
             ,
             with
             his
             helps
             and
             hurts
             .
             159
             ,
             160.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             soules
             societie
             with
             the
             body
             ,
             aunswerable
             to
             the
             humours
             .
             page
             ,
             162
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             proper
             causes
             of
             our
             affections
             ,
             &
             whence
             they
             take
             originall
             .
             page
             163
          
           
             That
             natures
             corruption
             is
             the
             cause
             of
             our
             euill
             affections
             .
             page
             ,
             167
          
           
             Of
             the
             diuine
             affections
             in
             our
             Sauiour
             ,
             page
             ,
             168
             ,
             169
             ,
             170
             ,
          
           
             The
             contrarietie
             of
             affections
             in
             Christians
             and
             Infidels
             .
             page
             170
             ,
             171
          
           
             Of
             Concupiscence
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             may
             bee
             vnderstood
             .
             page
             173
             ,
             174
             ,
             175.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             cōtrary
             mouings
             of
             the
             hart
             &
             wil.
             176.
             
          
           
             
             Howe
             to
             come
             to
             the
             true
             knowledge
             of
             our selues
             .
             page
             178.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             motiue
             power
             ,
             carrying
             the
             bodie
             from
             place
             to
             place
             .
             page
             ,
             180
          
           
             That
             the
             soule
             is
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             bodies
             moouing
             .
             eodem
          
           
             Two
             kinds
             of
             moouing
             ,
             and
             the
             power
             of
             eyther
             of
             them
             .
             eodem
          
           
             Of
             a
             commixed
             power
             ,
             partly
             naturall
             ,
             &
             partly
             voluntary
             .
             page
             181
          
           
             Of
             the
             intellectuall
             power
             .
             page
             182
          
           
             Howe
             action
             becoms
             appropriate
             to
             intellection
             ,
             and
             differs
             from
             the
             power
             sensitiue
             .
             183
          
           
             Of
             the
             obiect
             of
             intellection
             :
             his
             offices
             &
             organes
             .
             page
             184
          
           
             Of
             the
             two
             vnderstandings
             ,
             actiue
             and
             passiue
             .
             page
             186
          
           
             The
             action
             and
             habitude
             ,
             guide
             the
             vnderstanding
             .
             page
             187
          
           
             Of
             the
             speculatiue
             &
             practiue
             knowledge
             .
             188
          
           
             Of
             Reason
             ,
             &
             the
             wills
             coniunction
             therewith
             .
             page
             eodem
             ,
          
           
             Of
             the
             wills
             definition
             .
             eodem
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             hurt
             of
             natures
             lacke
             of
             her
             primatiue
             condition
             .
             page
             189
          
           
             Of
             the
             impediment
             and
             hinderances
             in
             our
             vnderstanding
             .
             190.
             
          
           
             How
             Gods
             image
             becommeth
             deformed
             in
             vs
             ,
             and
             what
             we
             ought
             to
             desire
             of
             him
             in
             repayring
             of
             our
             wants
             &
             defects
             ▪
             190
             ,
             191
             ,
             192
             ,
          
           
             
             Of
             the
             soules
             immortalitie
             ,
             and
             naturall
             reasons
             therefore
             alleaged
             .
             page
             193
             ,
             194
          
           
             That
             the
             soule
             consisteth
             no
             way
             of
             the
             elements
             .
             page
             195
          
           
             What
             nature
             can
             doe
             ,
             notwithstanding
             her
             corruption
             .
             page
             ,
             196
          
           
             Of
             mens
             carelesse
             regard
             of
             their
             soules
             immortalitie
             .
             page
             198
             ,
          
           
             How
             God
             instructed
             the
             soules
             immortality
             frō
             the
             worlds
             beginning
             .
             page
             199
          
           
             That
             our
             soules
             are
             spirits
             ,
             not
             to
             be
             ouer-come
             by
             death
             .
             page
             203.
             
          
           
             That
             the
             soule
             is
             to
             liue
             with
             Christ
             after
             death
             .
             page
             204
          
           
             Of
             Paradise
             ,
             and
             what
             it
             signifieth
             .
             page
             205
          
           
             Of
             the
             good
             Theefes
             sermon
             on
             the
             Crosse
             .
             page
             ,
             eodem
          
           
             One
             part
             of
             the
             worlde
             refused
             the
             benefite
             of
             Christes
             death
             .
             page
             206
             ,
          
           
             The
             condemnation
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             &
             assurance
             of
             the
             elects
             saluation
             .
             page
             207
             ,
          
           
             That
             the
             good
             theefe
             preached
             Gods
             glorie
             ,
             when
             the
             whole
             Church
             was
             silent
             ,
             and
             the
             Apostles
             stood
             dumbe
             .
             209
          
           
             That
             the
             soule
             is
             a
             liuing
             spirit
             after
             the
             bodies
             death
             ,
             and
             no
             way
             consisteth
             of
             the
             bodyes
             temper
             .
             page
             212.
             
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
         
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A07786-e670
           
             The
             benefit
             of
             the
             knowledge
             of
             a
             mans
             owne
             selfe
             .
          
           
             What
             the
             Soule
             is
             .
          
           
             The
             vertues
             of
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             The
             powers
             in
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             Of
             nourishment
             .
          
           
             The
             manner
             of
             the
             bodies
             nourishment
             .
          
           
             Choller
             .
          
           
             Melancholie
             
          
           
             Phlegme
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             blood
             .
          
           
             Three
             kinds
             of
             digestion
             to
             perfect
             nourishmēt
             ,
          
           
             Natures
             instruction
             concerning
             our
             gifts
             &
             graces
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Cor
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             The
             inconuenience
             of
             the
             first
             digestion
             ,
             not
             holpen
             by
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             The
             oppinion
             of
             som
             concerning
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             intemperancie
             .
          
           
             Herac.
             Ephe.
             
          
           
             Salomon
             .
          
           
             Sixe
             things
             not
             naturallie
             in
             vs.
             
          
           
             The
             benefit
             of
             labour
             .
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             immoderate
             exercise
             .
          
           
             The
             benefit
             of
             sleepe
             .
          
           
             How
             sleepe
             profits
             the
             powers
             of
             the
             Soule
             .
          
           
             How
             heate
             and
             blood
             worke
             for
             the
             hart
             .
          
           
             An
             excellent
             comparison
             .
          
           
             Three
             duties
             needfull
             in
             a
             Prince
             or
             Ruler
             .
          
           
             Conclusion
             concerning
             sleepe
             .
          
           
             The
             power
             appetente
             .
          
           
             The
             power
             Intellectiue
             .
          
           
             An
             apt
             comparison
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             dreames
             in
             sleepe
             .
          
           
             Diuers
             kinds
             of
             dreames
             .
          
           
             Example
             of
             dreames
             ,
             the
             causes
             being
             euident
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             cause
             of
             dreames
             is
             in
             vs.
             
          
           
             Dreames
             fore-telling
             things
             to
             ensue
             .
          
           
             Examples
             concerning
             dreames
             .
          
           
             Diuine
             dreames
             or
             inspirations
             .
          
           
             Deuillish
             dreames
             .
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             intemperance
             .
          
           
             Encrease
             of
             nourishment
             .
          
           
             When
             Nature
             receaueth
             most
             substance
             to
             her selfe
             .
          
           
             Example
             how
             the
             body
             is
             increased
             .
          
           
             When
             naturall
             heate
             decayeth
             in
             vs.
             
          
           
             Example
             conceruing
             our
             life
             .
          
           
             Death
             naturall
             according
             to
             Aristotle
             .
          
           
             Death
             vnnaturall
             ,
             occasioned
             by
             many
             causes
             in
             our selues
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             generation
             .
          
           
             Howe
             the
             fruite
             is
             formed
             at
             the
             first
             .
          
           
             The
             offices
             of
             the
             membrane
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             veines
             and
             arteries
             of
             the
             membrane
             .
          
           
             Howe
             the
             nauill
             is
             made
             ,
             &
             in
             what
             time
             .
          
           
             The
             places
             for
             the
             liuer
             ,
             hart
             ,
             and
             braine
             .
          
           
             How
             the
             liuer
             is
             formed
             ,
             and
             what
             it
             is
             .
          
           
             How
             the
             bowels
             are
             fastned
             to
             the
             backe
             .
          
           
             How
             Diaphragma
             is
             formed
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             back
             bones
             .
          
           
             The
             forming
             of
             the
             hart
             .
          
           
             The
             harts
             nourishmēt
             .
          
           
             A
             comparison
             worth
             the
             noting
             .
          
           
             The
             hart
             is
             the
             beginner
             of
             heat
             vitall
             .
          
           
             Howe
             the
             lungs
             and
             lites
             are
             formed
             ,
             &
             cōsequently
             the
             height
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             The
             forming
             of
             the
             braine
             .
          
           
             The
             skul
             of
             the
             head
             .
          
           
             The
             nerues
             are
             bred
             in
             the
             braine
             ,
             as
             the
             veines
             in
             the
             liuer
             .
          
           
             The
             marrow
             in
             the
             chine
             bone
             of
             the
             back
             .
          
           
             Howe
             the
             fruit
             is
             nourished
             in
             the
             wombe
             .
          
           
             The
             deuision
             of
             the
             blood
             into
             three
             parts
             ,
             and
             to
             what
             vses
             .
          
           
             Male
             chyldren
             more
             perfect
             then
             female
             .
          
           
             An
             admirable
             secret
             ,
             &
             worthy
             (
             with
             great
             reuerence
             )
             to
             be
             regarded
             .
          
           
             Hipocrates
             rule
             frō
             the
             time
             of
             cōception
             ,
             to
             deliuerance
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             power
             Vegetatiue
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             nourisheth
             and
             increaseth
             the
             body
             ,
             as
             also
             maintaineth
             kind
             
          
           
             How
             nature
             admonisheth
             vs
             to
             be
             continent
             .
          
           
             Our selues
             the
             greatest
             enemies
             to
             nature
             .
          
           
             The
             infinite
             goodnes
             of
             God
             in
             our
             bodies
             framing
             .
          
           
             Howe
             the
             order
             of
             the
             seuerall
             powers
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             in
             theyr
             offices
             .
          
           
             An
             absolute
             proofe
             of
             God
             against
             any
             Atheist
             whatsoeuer
             .
          
           
             A
             note
             cōcerning
             christian
             dutie
             in
             vs
             toward
             God
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             al
             his
             diuine
             gifts
             bestowed
             on
             vs
             in
             nature
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             power
             Sensitiue
             ,
             being
             the
             second
             power
             of
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             exteriour
             sences
             ,
             beeing
             fiue
             in
             number
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Sight
             ,
             &
             howe
             the
             same
             is
             wrought
             in
             vs.
             
          
           
             Aristotles
             answer
             concerning
             our
             two
             eyes
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             inward
             organs
             of
             the
             sight
             ,
             and
             what
             vse
             they
             serue
             vs
             to
             .
          
           
             Small
             difference
             between
             life
             &
             death
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             benefit
             of
             sight
             
          
           
             Platos
             oppiniō
             ,
             to
             what
             end
             our
             eyes
             are
             giuen
             vs.
             
          
           
             Where
             the
             sight
             hath
             his
             seate
             and
             abiding
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             spirits
             that
             giue
             life
             to
             the
             eye
             .
          
           
             Aristotles
             iudgment
             of
             the
             eye
             .
          
           
             A
             question
             concerning
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             eye
             .
          
           
             The
             answer
             worth
             the
             noting
             .
          
           
             An
             excellent
             comparison
             .
          
           
             How
             easilie
             the
             eye
             may
             be
             offended
             
          
           
             The
             maner
             how
             colours
             are
             truly
             discerned
             .
          
           
             The
             true
             capacitie
             of
             the
             eye
             in
             sight
             .
          
           
             The
             benefits
             which
             the
             sence
             of
             sight
             yeeldeth
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Of
             Hearing
             ,
             &
             the
             organs
             therto
             appertayning
             .
          
           
             What
             sound
             or
             noyse
             is
             ,
             and
             howe
             it
             makes
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             means
             wherby
             eyther
             sounde
             or
             noise
             is
             apprehended
             .
          
           
             Howe
             all
             sounds
             are
             conueyed
             to
             the
             sence
             common
             .
          
           
             The
             maner
             how
             our
             voyce
             or
             speech
             is
             formed
             .
          
           
             An
             excellent
             note
             cōcerning
             our
             voyce
             or
             speech
             .
          
           
             By
             this
             sence
             wee
             haue
             fayth
             .
          
           
             3
             Of
             Smelling
             ,
             and
             by
             what
             organs
             it
             is
             apprehended
             .
          
           
             What
             odour
             ,
             sent
             or
             smell
             is
             .
          
           
             Apt
             comparisons
             of
             sents
             in
             their
             moist
             &
             dry
             kindes
             .
          
           
             The
             sweetest
             things
             haue
             least
             sauour
             .
          
           
             The
             differences
             between
             good
             sents
             and
             hurtfull
             .
          
           
             The
             means
             howe
             wee
             iudge
             of
             smells
             .
          
           
             Sent
             is
             very
             necessary
             to
             our
             life
             .
          
           
             4
             Of
             the
             sence
             of
             Tasting
             ▪
             &
             his
             organe
             .
          
           
             Howe
             the
             tongue
             receiues
             his
             tast
             .
          
           
             The
             means
             of
             the
             tastes
             vse
             in
             his
             actions
             .
          
           
             Sauour
             ,
             the
             onely
             obiect
             of
             taste
             .
          
           
             Many
             sorts
             of
             sauours
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             sweet
             sauour
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             sauour
             ouer
             sweet
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             fatte
             &
             marrowie
             sauour
             .
          
           
             What
             sauours
             best
             agree
             with
             nature
             ,
             and
             most
             please
             the
             taste
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             bitter
             sauour
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             strōg
             and
             hot
             sauour
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             sower
             sauour
             .
          
           
             The
             sharpest
             sauours
             doe
             most
             vrge
             appetite
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             greene
             sauour
             ,
             that
             edgeth
             the
             teeth
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             rude
             and
             sharpe
             sauour
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             salt
             sauour
             .
          
           
             Of
             thinges
             without
             sauour
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Of
             the
             sence
             of
             Touching
             and
             his
             organe
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             benefit
             of
             this
             sence
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             inward
             sence
             ,
             and
             where
             it
             is
             seated
             .
          
           
             The
             necessity
             of
             the
             inward
             sence
             
          
           
             The
             sence
             cōmon
             ,
             and
             memory
             ,
             according
             to
             Aristotle
             .
          
           
             Galens
             addition
             of
             cogitation
             .
          
           
             Fiue
             inward
             sences
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Sence
             common
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Sence
             imaginatiue
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Sence
             estimatiue
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Sence
             deliberatiue
             .
          
           
             The
             wonderfull
             prouidence
             of
             God
             for
             his
             creatures
             .
          
           
             A
             strange
             example
             of
             the
             Snake
             &
             the
             Lamprey
             .
          
           
             A
             kinde
             of
             deliberation
             in
             dumb
             creatures
             ,
             confirmed
             by
             exāples
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Sence
             is
             memory
             .
          
           
             The
             organe
             of
             the
             sence
             common
             ,
             &
             his
             place
             .
          
           
             Many
             powers
             in
             the
             inward
             sences
             .
          
           
             The
             organe
             of
             cogitation
             ,
             and
             his
             seate
             .
          
           
             Example
             of
             this
             sences
             power
             .
          
           
             The
             organe
             of
             memorie
             &
             his
             place
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             brain
             in
             his
             kinds
             ,
             of
             diuersitie
             .
          
           
             Two
             kindes
             of
             appetence
             in
             the
             sences
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             power
             Motiue
             .
          
           
             Of
             greefes
             .
          
           
             
               Foure
               principall
               affections
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 Ioy.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 Feare
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 Hope
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 Hate
                 .
              
            
             
               The
               opposites
               foure
               .
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 Loue.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 Greefe
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 Enuie
                 .
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 Iealosie
                 .
              
            
          
           
             Of
             anger
             ,
             &
             the
             hurt
             it
             doth
             the
             braine
             .
          
           
             Homers
             oppinion
             concerning
             anger
             .
          
           
             Of
             feare
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             hurts
             the
             hart
             .
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             greefe
             and
             sadnesse
             .
          
           
             Of
             loue
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             helps
             the
             hart
             .
          
           
             Of
             hate
             and
             his
             hurt
             .
          
           
             Of
             Shame
             .
          
           
             Of
             mercy
             .
          
           
             Of
             Enuie
             .
          
           
             Of
             Iealosie
             .
          
           
             How
             a
             king
             ought
             to
             be
             iealous
             .
          
           
             An
             affection
             more
             hurtful
             then
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             Of
             ioy
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             delighteth
             the
             hart
             .
          
           
             Of
             affections
             pleasing
             to
             God.
             
          
           
             What
             the
             contrary
             are
             .
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             humane
             societie
             .
          
           
             The
             organe
             of
             the
             power
             appetēte
             .
          
           
             Galen
             ,
             concerning
             our
             affections
             .
          
           
             Affections
             are
             not
             of
             the
             liuer
             nor
             the
             other
             parts
             .
          
           
             Homers
             saying
             of
             the
             belly
             .
          
           
             Cōcerning
             our
             loue
             to
             GOD.
             
          
           
             The
             degrees
             of
             the
             commaūdemēts
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             Table
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             first
             commaundement
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             second
             commandemēt
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             third
             commaundement
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             4.
             commaundement
             .
          
           
             The
             sum
             of
             the
             first
             Table
             ,
             well
             worthy
             to
             be
             regarded
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             second
             table
             .
          
           
             Aristotle
             in
             his
             Pollitiques
             ,
             concerning
             the
             difference
             amongst
             mē
             .
          
           
             S.
             Paules
             affirmation
             of
             lawes
             &
             obedience
             .
          
           
             What
             men
             are
             to
             bee
             honoured
             .
          
           
             Two
             manner
             of
             gouernments
             ,
             the
             first
             cōpulsiue
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             ,
             ciuill
             and
             obedient
             .
          
           
             Pericles
             ruling
             of
             the
             Athenians
             .
          
           
             Seuerall
             affections
             in
             the
             multitude
             .
          
           
             Reason
             and
             iudgement
             giuen
             vs
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             The
             first
             offence
             ,
             natures
             maine
             impedimēt
             .
          
           
             The
             wil
             ,
             cōmaunder
             of
             the
             affections
             .
          
           
             The
             application
             of
             the
             two
             gouernments
             in
             nature
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             dutie
             we
             owe
             to
             our
             Parents
             ,
             exampled
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             other
             commaundemēts
             following
             .
          
           
             The
             reason
             why
             lawes
             &
             penalties
             were
             instituted
             .
          
           
             Why
             the
             deuision
             of
             possessions
             was
             thought
             behouefull
             .
          
           
             Cōcerning
             theft
             .
          
           
             The
             reason
             of
             iustice
             in
             our
             contractions
             .
          
           
             Without
             truth
             ,
             no
             societie
             can
             be
             obserued
             .
          
           
             Natures
             cōseruation
             of
             herselfe
             :
             &
             our
             iniury
             to
             her
             and
             our selues
             .
          
           
             The
             lawe
             agreeing
             with
             nature
             ,
             and
             in
             what
             maner
             .
          
           
             The
             lawes
             them selues
             the
             voice
             of
             nature
             ,
             by
             their
             causes
             .
          
           
             Two
             kindes
             of
             mouing
             in
             the
             hart
             ,
             first
             by
             the
             pulse
             .
          
           
             The
             hart
             mooueth
             likewise
             by
             contrarietie
             of
             humours
             ,
             seuerally
             by
             each
             one
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             efficient
             causes
             (
             inwardly
             &
             outwardly
             )
             of
             the
             harts
             moouing
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             powers
             of
             nature
             answerable
             to
             the
             harts
             affections
             ,
             &
             their
             difference
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             hart
             in
             greefe
             &
             sadnes
             ,
             and
             the
             bloods
             office
             in
             seruice
             then
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             hart
             ,
             in
             ioy
             &
             anger
             ,
             &
             how
             the
             blood
             works
             then
             .
          
           
             Of
             mellanchollie
             and
             chollericke
             men
             ,
             &
             their
             conditions
             .
          
           
             Of
             sanguine
             men
             .
          
           
             Of
             phlegmatick
             mē
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             soules
             societie
             with
             the
             body
             ,
             answerable
             to
             the
             humours
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             proper
             causes
             of
             our
             affections
             ,
             and
             whence
             they
             receiue
             their
             originall
             .
          
           
             Aristotles
             oppinion
             of
             good
             people
             &
             good
             affections
             .
          
           
             Platos
             iudgment
             of
             anger
             .
          
           
             Our
             good
             affections
             are
             diuinely
             inspired
             .
          
           
             Aristotles
             saying
             of
             anger
             in
             a
             vertuous
             man.
             
          
           
             The
             corruption
             of
             nature
             in
             vs
             ,
             the
             cause
             of
             euill
             motions
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             diuine
             affections
             in
             our
             Sauiour
             .
          
           
             His
             zeale
             of
             his
             Fathers
             glory
             .
          
           
             His
             heauines
             for
             Lazarus
             .
          
           
             His
             loue
             to
             little
             chyldren
             .
          
           
             His
             compassion
             of
             them
             in
             the
             desert
             .
          
           
             The
             contrarietie
             of
             affections
             in
             Christians
             &
             Infidells
             .
          
           
             The
             wisedom
             of
             the
             Heathen
             .
          
           
             Cōcerning
             concupiscence
             abyding
             in
             vs.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             word
             Concupiscence
             ,
             and
             how
             it
             may
             be
             vnderstood
             .
          
           
             Concupiscence
             an
             errour
             in
             the
             will.
             
          
           
             The
             wills
             boldnesse
             in
             his
             owne
             pride
             .
          
           
             Rom.
             7
             ,
             24
             ▪
             
          
           
             Rom.
             7
             ,
             25
             ,
          
           
             The
             harts
             moouings
             ioyned
             with
             the
             will.
             
          
           
             〈…〉
             of
             nature
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             contrary
             moouings
             of
             the
             hart
             &
             will.
             
          
           
             Mark
             ,
             7
             ,
             21
             ,
          
           
             The
             hart
             signifies
             the
             will
             and
             vnderstanding
             .
          
           
             Howe
             to
             come
             to
             the
             knowledge
             of
             our selues
          
           
             Of
             the
             motiue
             power
             ,
             carying
             the
             body
             from
             place
             to
             place
             ,
             and
             what
             are
             his
             organes
             .
          
           
             The
             soule
             ,
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             bodies
             moouing
             .
          
           
             Two
             kindes
             of
             mouing
             ,
             naturall
             and
             voluntarie
             ,
             and
             the
             power
             of
             eyther
             .
          
           
             Of
             a
             commixed
             mouing
             partly
             natural
             ,
             partly
             voluntary
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             power
             intellectuall
             ,
             according
             to
             S.
             Augustines
             oppinion
             .
          
           
             How
             action
             becoms
             appropriate
             to
             intellection
             .
          
           
             How
             it
             differs
             frō
             the
             sensitiue
             power
             .
          
           
             Of
             the
             obiect
             of
             intellection
             .
          
           
             The
             offices
             of
             intellection
             .
          
           
             The
             organs
             of
             intellection
             .
          
           
             Our
             life
             is
             guided
             by
             our
             actions
             .
          
           
             Aristotles
             deuision
             betweene
             the
             two
             vnderstandings
             ,
             actiue
             and
             passiue
             .
          
           
             Actions
             and
             habitude
             ,
             the
             knowledges
             of
             the
             vnderstanding
             .
          
           
             Of
             speculatiue
             &
             practiue
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             Of
             reason
             ,
             &
             the
             wills
             cōiunction
             there-with
             .
          
           
             The
             definition
             of
             the
             will.
             
          
           
             The
             hurt
             of
             natures
             lack
             of
             her
             first
             condition
             .
          
           
             The
             impediments
             or
             hinderances
             of
             our
             vnderstanding
             .
          
           
             How
             Gods
             image
             becommeth
             mishapen
             in
             vs.
             
          
           
             What
             wee
             ought
             to
             desire
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             reparation
             of
             our
             wants
             &
             defects
             .
          
           
             Naturall
             arguments
             ,
             concerning
             the
             soules
             immortalitie
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Of
             the
             afflictions
             of
             good
             people
             in
             this
             life
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Of
             paines
             reserued
             for
             the
             wicked
             ,
             notwithstāding
             theyr
             felicitie
             in
             this
             life
             .
          
           
             Platos
             reason
             concerning
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             The
             soule
             no
             way
             consisteth
             of
             the
             elements
             .
          
           
             What
             nature
             can
             ,
             notwithstanding
             her
             corruption
             .
          
           
             Of
             Gods
             great
             loue
             and
             kindnes
             to
             vs
             ,
             farre
             beyond
             others
             .
          
           
             Mens
             carelesse
             regard
             of
             the
             soules
             immortality
             .
          
           
             Gods
             instruction
             of
             the
             soules
             immortalitie
             ,
             from
             the
             originall
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             Gene.
             4.7
             .
          
           
             The
             reason
             of
             wicked
             mens
             neglect
             of
             the
             soules
             immortalitie
             .
          
           
             Gods
             delay
             of
             punishment
             agrauates
             the
             chastisemēt
             .
          
           
             Gene
             ,
             4
             ,
             7
             ,
          
           
             An
             especiall
             proofe
             of
             the
             life
             eternall
             .
          
           
             Iude.
             1
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             Infinite
             examples
             to
             cōfirme
             the
             immortalitie
             of
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             That
             our
             soules
             are
             spirits
             ,
             not
             to
             be
             ouercome
             by
             death
             .
          
           
             Math
             ,
             10.28
             
          
           
             Luke
             .
             23
             ,
             43
             
          
           
             That
             the
             soule
             is
             to
             liue
             with
             Christ
             after
             death
             .
          
           
             Of
             Paradise
             ,
             and
             what
             it
             signifieth
             .
          
           
             The
             good
             theefes
             sermon
             on
             the
             Crosse
             .
          
           
             One
             part
             of
             the
             world
             refused
             the
             benefit
             of
             Christes
             death
             ,
             figured
             in
             the
             bad
             theefe
             .
          
           
             The
             condēnatiō
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             and
             assurance
             of
             the
             elects
             saluation
             ,
             in
             Iesus
             Christ
             .
          
           
             When
             the
             vvhole
             church
             was
             silent
             ,
             &
             the
             Apostles
             dumbe
             ,
             yet
             the
             good
             theefe
             preached
             the
             glory
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             his
             sonne
             Christ
             Iesus
             .
          
           
             How
             much
             wee
             stand
             bounde
             to
             defend
             the
             glory
             of
             God
             ,
             against
             all
             Atheists
             &
             misbeleeuers
             .
          
           
             The
             soule
             is
             a
             liuing
             spirit
             ,
             after
             the
             bodies
             death
             ,
             and
             consisteth
             no
             way
             of
             the
             bodies
             temper
             .
          
           
             Math
             ,
             17
             ,
             3.
             
          
           
             Philip
             ,
             1
             ,
             23
             ,
          
           
             2.
             
             Cor
             ,
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
          
           
             1
             ,
             Pet
             ,
             3
             ,
             19
             ,
          
           
             Luke
             .
             16
             ,
             19
             
          
           
             Math
             ,
             22
             ,
             32